Full text of "Chippewa Music"

See other formats

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project

to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the

publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at |http: //books .google .com/I

VVi, ,<V J..y^1>K.

3<~ /J^-a^,^.^^

SlCIIHaOHIAB IBSTITUTIOI

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

BULLETIN 46

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

FRANCES DENSMORE

WASHINGTON

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1910

no, HS"

311683

• •• •

• • ••

• • • • •

• »» _• •

• •

.*: •-

• « •

» «

• •

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

Smithsonian Institution,
Bureau of American Ethnology,

Washington, D. C, July 8, 1909.

Sir : For the greater part of the last two years Miss Frances Dens-
more has been engaged, under the auspices of this Bureau, in making
a study of Indian music. The results of her labors are embodied in
part in the paper which I have the honor to present herewith^
'* Chippewa Music. '^ I suggest the publication of this material as
Bulletin 45 of the Bureau's series.
Yours very respectfully,

(Signed) W. H. Holmes, Cliief.

The Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution,

Washington^ I). C.

FOREWORD

The purpose of the present work is to determine what constitutes
the music of the Chippewa Indians, and to record results in such a
manner that they will be available for reference. By means of the
phonograph it is possible to obtain an accurate record of Indian song,
which, though permanent, is of necessity limited in scope. To the
phonograph record and its analysis must therefore be added abundant
field notes, giving the results of observations of the musical per-
formances, together with descriptions of circumstances and surround-
ings. These three — phonograph record, analysis, and field notes —
are the necessary data of this branch of research.

The study of Indian music is more than the collection of Indian
songs. It includes a consideration of the vocal expression of a mental
concept; therefore incorrect repetitions of a song are as significant as
correct repetitions. Into their value enters a human element — the
personality of the singer. A person of musical gifts and proficiency
frequently presents a rendition of a song which contains embellish-
ments. These reveal the succession of tones especially pleasing to
the native singer. A person of little musical talent presents an im-
perfect rendition of a song, yet these imperfections are interesting.
They indicate which phase of the song was most difficult for him to
acquire and remember, the melody or the rhythm.

The analysis of the Chippewa songs from the land of pine trees, lakes,
and hills, in northern Minnesota, shows that in them the descending
interval of the minor third occurs with special prominence and fre-
quency; that the majority of the songs begin with a downward pro-
gression; and that the intervals of melodic progression are smaller
in the older songs. A classification of the songs as melodic and har-
monic reveals a possibility that the mental concept of the song has a
direct bearing on the form assumed by the melody. The songs
said to have been composed during dreams may be considered a spon-
taneous expression. The majority of these songs are harmonic in
structure. The songs whose character and use suggest that their
form may have been modified by long repetition are found to be prin-
cipally melodic in structure.

The value of any specific work lies in the relation of that work to
the problems presented by the subject as a whole. Beyond the study
of Indian music lies the larger field of research, the development of
music, to which the present work is tributary.

Red Wing, Minn.

CONTENTS

List of songs: Page

1. Arranged in order of serial numbers xi

2. Arranged in order of catalogue numbers* xv

General description of songs 1

Introduction 1

Intonation 4

Rhythm 5

Tone material 7

Structure 8

Tabulated analysis of 180 songs 8

Musical instruments ♦ 11

The Mide^ 13

Beliefs -. 13

Songs > 14

Use of medicine 20

Origin 21

Description of diagram representing the path of life 24

Initiation ceremony of the first degree 24

Ceremony for a dying chief 51

Songs for initiation into the sixth degree 55

Ceremonial songs 62

Series 1 — analysis 62

Series 2 — analysis 66

Series 3 — analysis 70

Series 4 — analysis 74

Songs to insure success 82

Love-charm songs 88

Songs connected with the cure of the sick 92

Songs connected with rare medicines 96

Additional Mlde^ songs 106

Tabulated analysis of 90 Mide' songs 1 15

Social songs on White Earth and Leech Lake reservations 118

Ina'IbtindjIgafL D nag(imo''wIn (dream songs) 118

1 . Songs of the doctor 119

2. Song of the ju^ler 123

3. Dream songs afterward used as war songs or otherwise 126

Tabulated analysis 136

MigaMiwin''ina''g<imo''wIn (war songs) 137

Tabulated analysis 146

Sa''giiMiwin''ina''g(imo''wIn (love songs) 148

Tabulated analysis 155

AtaMiwIn''ina''g<imb'wIn (moccasin-game songs) 156

Tabulated analysis 159

Unclassified songs .* 161

Tabulated analysis 165

vii

VIII CONTENTS

Page

Social songs on Red Lake reservation 166

Description of the dances, costumes, and celebration on July 4, 6, and 7,

1908 166

The singers of Red Lake 173

War songs ^ 176

Tabulated analysis 180

I^ve songs 182

Tabulated analysis 185

Moccasin-game songs 186

Tabulated analysis 191

Woman*s-dance songs 192

Tabulated analysis 196

Unclassified songs 198

Tabulated analysis 206

Index 211

ILLUSTRATIONS

Page
Plate 1 . Musical instruments, and birch-bark rolls containing mnemonics of

songs 11

2. Musical instruments 11

3. Maift^ans 25

4. Wa^wiekAm^ 25

5. Mide^ lodge 36

6. Main^^ns as leader of a Mide'' ceremony 37

7. The body of Nigan^bines' 55

8. De^bwaw6n^d<ink 55

9. Ge^miwdnac^ 95

10. Chippewa doctor treating the sick 120

11. Manido''gicigo''kwe 148

12. The Fourth of July at Red Lake agency 168

Figure 1. Mide'' writing 16

2. Mide^ song writing 17

3. Hide'' diagram of the path of life 24

4. Diagram showing arrangement of Mide^'wlgan during initiation cere-

mony of first degree. (Drawn by the elder Main^&ns) 39

5. Diagram showing course followed by leader during initiation cere-

mony of first degree 40

6. Diagram showing course followed by candidate, escorted by leader,

in dance at MIde' initiation ceremony of first degree 42

7. Birch-bark rolls containing mnemonics of the songs connected with

rare medicines, and used by 0M6ni'g{in when singing these songs . 100

8. Bones used by Chippewa doctor in treating the sick 120

LIST OF SONGS

1. Arranged in Order of Serial Numbers

MIde'' Songs

Initiation Songs of the First and Second Degrees
Serial Catalogue

no. no.a

1. Song of the four bears 189

2. Song of the manido^ 238

3. Dancing song 239

4. Preparatory song 190

5 . '^ My pan of food * ' 240

6. *'My pipe" 241

7. Processional 54

8. Introductory song 55

9. Song of the za'^gimag^ 242

10. Escorting the candidate 237

11. First initiation song 61

12. Second initiation song 62

13. Third initiation song 63

14. First song of the feast 65

15. Second song of the feast 66

Initiation Songs of the Sixth Degree

16. First song 122

17. Second song 123

18. Third song 124

19. Fourth song 125

20. Fifth song 126

21. Sixth song 127

22 . Seventh song 128

23. Eighth song 129

24. Ninth sone 130

Page
27
30
31
32
34
35
37
39
41
42
45
46
47
49
50

56
57
58
59
60
60
61
^1
62

Ceremonial Songs
Series 1

Serial
no.

25..

26..

27..

28..

29..

Catalogue
no.

.. 16

.. 17

.. 18

.. 19

.. 20

Page
63
64
64
64
65

Serial
no.

30..

31..

32..

33..

34..

Catalogue
no.

.. 21

0')

23
24
25

a See footnote, p. 27.

Page
65
65
66
66
66

XII

LIST OF SONGS

Series 2

Serial
no.

35..

36..

37..

38..

Catalogue
no.

.. 26

.. 27

.. 28

.. 29

Page
67
67
68
68

Serial
no.

39 ..

40..

41 ..

42..

Catalogue
no.

.. 30

. 31

.. 32

.. 33

Series 3

43
44
45
46

51
52
63
54
55

34
35
36
37

42
43
44
45
46

71
71

47
48
49
50

Series 4

75
76
76
76
76

56
57
58
59
60

38
39
40
41

47
48
49
50
51

61. Initiation song ^ 69

62. Initiation song 70

63. Initiation song 254

64. Initiation song ^ . . 67

Songs to Insure Success

65. Hunting song (a) 56

66. Hunting song(6) 57

67. Hunting song (c) 58

68. Hunting song(d) 59

69. Hunting song \e) 60

70. Song for securing a good supply of maple sugar 64

71 . Love-charm song (a) 73

72. Love-charm song (6) (not transcribed) 74

73. Love-charm song (c) 75

74. Love-charm song {d) 76

75. Love-charm song 52

76. Love-charm song 53

Songs connected with the Cure of the Sick

77. Healing song 78

78. Healing song 79

79. Healing song 71

80. Healing song 14

Songs connected with Rare Medicines '

81. Song of the flying feather 191

82. Song of the man who succeeded 192

83. Song of a scalp dance 193

84. Song of good medicine 194

85. Song of the crab medicine-bag 195

86. Song of the fire-charm 197

87. Song of starvation 199

88. Song of the owl medicine 200

Page
69
69
70
70

73
73
74
74

77
77
77
78
78

79
80
81
81

83
84
84
85
86
87
89
90
90
90
91
92

93
93
94
95

97
98
99
100
102
103
104
105

LIST OF SONGS XIII

Additiflnal Mlde^ Songs
Serial .Catalogue

no. no. Page

89. Song of the bear path 236 106

90. "They are making me old" 248 107

91. "To the spirit land" 263 108

92. "I will sing" 255 109

93. "lamwalking" 256 110

94. "There are spirits " (not transcribed) 1 111

95. "They think me unworthy " (not transcribed) 2 111

96. "The water birds will alight" (not transcribed) 3 111

97. "The sky clears" (not transcribed) 4 112

98. "I walk in a circle " (not transcribed) , 5 1 12

99. "Our dwelling is royal" (not transcribed) 6 113

100. "Vermilion, I sing of thee " (not transcribed) 7 113

101. "There stands a man " (not transcribed) 8 113

102. "Istand" (not transcribed) 9 113

103. " I am named " (not transcribed) 10 114

104. "I am unable to harmonize my voice " (not transcribed) 11 114

105. "They are feasting with me " (not transcribed) 12 114

106. "The sound is fading away " (not transcribed) 13 115

107. "You are a spirit" (not transcribed) 15 115

Social Songs on White Earth and Leech Lake Reservations

Ina^bdndjigafL na^gi),mo^vfln {Dream Songs)

108. Doctor'ssong 244 121

109. " I go to the big bear's lodge " 245 121

110. "Going around the world" 246 122

111. The Song of CeMefins^ (Juggler's song) 213 125

112. Song of the trees 206 126

113. Song of the Thunders 207 127

114. "My voice is heard" 208 128

115. " The approach of the storm" 209 129

116. " As the hawk soars " 210 130

117. " In the southern sky " 211 132

118. "ManidoMistenstome" 212 132

119. Song of the crows 260 133

120. Song of the deserted warrior 259 134

121. " I am afraid of the owl" 261 135

Migafdiwin/ina^giim&w\n {War Songs)

122. (Nowords) 179 138

123. (Nowords) 182 138

124. (Nowords) 205 139

125. (Nowords) 215 139

126. Little Eagle's song 229 140

127. (Nowords) 230 141

128. Song of the loons 271 142

129. " I will start before noon " 276 143

130. Song of CImau'ganIc 277 143

131. "The shifting clouds" 114 145

132. Scalpdance 116 146

XIV. LIST OF SONGS

Safgii'diwWina^gitmo'win {Lore Songs)
Serial , Catalogue

no. no. Page

133. (No words) 98 148

134. (No words) 99 149

135. "My love has departed" 101 150

136. "Why should I be jealous?" 104 151

137. "Idonotcarefor you any more" 106 152

138. "Donotweep" 107 152

139. "He must be sorrowful" 110 153

140. "When I think of him" 262 154

141. (No words) 275 154

Ata^diwin'irm^giimo^win ( Moccasin-game Songs)

142. (No words) 112 157

143. (Nowords) 181 158

144. "If lambeaten" 203 158

145. "I have come after your stake " 224 159

Unclassified Songs

146. Call to the dance 105 161

147. " I am as brave as other men " 109 162

148. "My music reaches to the sky" 274 162

149. Lullaby 102 163

150. Farewell to the warriors 103 163

151 . Song of thanks for a pony (a) 91 164

152. Song of thanks for a pony (6) 92 164

153. Song of thanks for a pony (c) 93 165

Social Sonos on Red Lake Reservation

War Songs

154. (Nowords; 131 176

155. "Inside the cave" 140 177

156. (Nowords) 172 177

157. (Nowords) 173 178

158. (Nowords) 178 178

159. Scalp song (no words) 146 178

160. Scalp song (no words) 147 179

161. Scalp song (no words) 167 179

162. "The sky replies" '. 166 180

Lore Songs

163. (No words) 161 182

164. (No words) 155 182

165. "Inhercanoe" 157 183

166. "I am going away" 151 183

167. "Come, let us drink" 152 184

Moccasin-game Songs

168. (No words) 133 186

169. (No words) 142 187

170. (Nowords) 144 187

171. (Nowords) : 148 188

172. (No words) 171 188

173. (No words) 174 188

LIST OF SONGS

S^ial Catalogue

no. no. Page

174. (No words) 150 189

175. **He gave us a double crack " 134 189

176. **I am standing till daylight" 143 190

Woman' 8'dance Songs

177. "I have been waiting" 132 192

178. "Come, dance" 175 193

179. (Nowords) 135 193

180. (Nowords) 141 194

181. (Nowords) 153 194

182. (Nowords) 154 195

183. (Nowords) 159 195

184. (Nowords) 177 195

185. "Where are you? " 86 196

Unclassified Songs

186. Song referring to an historical incident 139 i9A

187. Song of the begging dance 149 199

188. Song of the begging dance 170 200

189. Song of thanks for a gift 168 201

190. Song of thanks for a gift .* 169 201

191. Song of thanks for a pony 136 202

192. Friendly song (a) 160 202

193. Friendly.song (6) 162 203

194. Friendly song (c) 163 204

195: Friendly song (c?) 164 204

196. Song referring to a vision 138 205

197. Song of We^nabo^jo 272 206

198. Dream song— duplicate of no. 115 (209) 108 208

199. Song of thanks for a pony— duplicate of no. 152 (92) 137 209

200. Love song— duplicate of no. 138 (107) 145 209

2. Arranged in Order of Catalogue Numbers

Catar

logue

no.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

12
13
15
16
17

Name of singer.

Description of song.

Title of song.

"There are spirits"

"They think me unworthy". .
"The water birds will alight"

Gegwe'djiwe'blnftfi' . .

.do

... .do ; do 'The sky clears"

do do ; "I walk in a circle"

Deda'bicac' do "Our dwelling is royal" .. .

do ! do "Vermilion, I sinp of thee"

...do

Ue'miwOnac'
...do

Na'jobi'tafi.
do

.do I " There stands a man "

.do i "I stand"

.do "I am named "

■do "I am unable to harmonize my

voice."

"They are feasting with me"

" The sound is fading away "

.do
-do
.do
.do
.do

Serial
no.

Page

no.

111

112

113

100

113

101

113

102

113

103

114

104

114

105

114

106

115

107

115

XVI

LIST OF SONGS

Cata-
logue
no.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
50
57
58
59
60
61
02
63
64

Name of singer.

Na'jobrtflfl

...!do

Manido'giclgo'kwe.

Be'clgwi'wizans. . .

Ki'tclmak'wa

65 I do

60 do

67 I do

69 A'gwitG'wigi'cIg. .

70 do

71 O'deni'gGn

73 Na'waji'bigo'kwe.

Description of song.

MIde'.

do.

....do.
....do.

do,

do.

....do.

do.

....do.

do-

do.

....do.

do.

....do.
....do.

.do.
.do.
.do.
.do.
.do.
:do.
.do.

Title of song.

Serial
no.

Page

no.

Love charm (no words)

Processional

Introductory song

Hunting song (a) ,

Hunting song (6)

Hunting song (c)

Hunting song (d)

Hunting song («)

First initiation song

Second initiation song

Third initiation song

Song for securing a good supply
of maple sugar.

First song of the feast

Second song of the feast

Initiation song

Healing song

(a)

016

7(i

LIST OF SONGS

XVII

Cata-
logue
no.

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

109
110
112
114
116
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136

137

138
139

140
141
142
143
144
145

146
147

Name of singer.

Na'waji'bigo'kwe .

Mi'jakiya'clg

Cagan'asi

Manido'giclgo'kwe.

Mrs. English

Mrs. Mee

Ki'tclmak'wa

Ki'ose'wini'ni

Maifl'ftns

A'gwitCl'wigi'cIg. .

Gi'cibans'

De'bwaw6n'dOnk ,
do

...do

Gi'wita'binfs.

...do

Description of song.

Hide'

....do

do ;

Woman's-dance song. . .

Unclassified (a)

do. (6)

do. (c)

Love song

Unclassified (Lullaby).

do.

Love song

Unclassified —

Love song ,

Dream song

Unclassified

Love song

Moccasin-game song. .

War song

MIde'

War song

Woman's-dance song.
Moccasin-game song. .

Woman's-dance song.
Unclassified

.do Duplicate.

.do Unclassified

.do.

.do.
.do.
.do.
.do.
.do.

.do

War song

Woman's-dance song. .

Moccasin-game song

Title of song.

(b)

(d)

Healing song

" Where are you? "

Song of thanks for a pony.

Serial
no.

.do Duplicate (Love song) . .

.do Scalp song

.do I do

(No words)

"My love has departed "

(No words)

Farewell to the warriors

" Why should I be jealous? "

Call to the dance

" I do not care for you any more " .

" Do not weep"

Duplicate of no. 1 15 (catalogue no.
209).

"I am as braveas other men "

"He must be sorrowful"

(No words)

" The shifting clouds"

Scalp dance

First song

Second song

Third song

Fourth song

Fifth song

Sixth song

Seventh song

Eighth song

Ninth song

(No words)

"I have been waiting"

(No words) ,

' ' He gave us a double crack "

(No words)

Song of thanks for a pony (no
words).

Repetition of no. 115 (catalogue
no. 92).

Song referring to a vision

Song referring to an historical in-
cident.

" Inside the cave "

(No words)

"I am standing till daylight". . . .

(No words)

Repetition of no. l:)8 (catalogue
no. 107).

(No words)

185

151

152

153

133

134

135

149

150

136

146

137

138

198

199

Page
no.

196

164

165

148

149

150

163

151

161

152

206

147

162

139

153

142

157

131

145

132

146

154

176

177

192

168

186

175

189

179

193

191

202

209

196

205

186

198

155

177

180

194

169

187

176

190

170

187

200

209

159

178

160

179

12692°— Bull. 45—10 ii

XVIII

LIST OF SONGS

Cata-
logue
no.

Name of singer.

148 Gl'wita'bings.

149

150
151
152
153
154
155
157
159
160
161
162
163
164
166
167
168

169
170

171
172
173
174
175
177
178
179
181
182
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
197
199
200
203
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213

215
224

William Prentiss.

Gage'binSs.

John Mark.
Wabezic'..

..„.do

.do.
.do.

Gi'nawigi'clg.

Aki'waizi'...

Maiii'ftns

O'dgni'gfln..

Description of song.

Moccasin-game song

Song of the begging
dance.

Moccasin-game song

Love song

Woman's-dance song

Love song

Woman's-dance song

Unclassified

Love song

Unclassified

War song

Unclassified '.

.do.
do.

Moocasin-game song. .

War song

Moocasin-game song. .
Woman's-dance song. .

War song

Moocasin-game song. .

War song

MIde'

Title of song.

(No words)
do

.do.
.do.
do.
.do.
do.
.do.
.do.
.do.

Nita'miga'bo I Moccasin-game song .

Ga'gandac' j War song

do I Dream song

.do.
.do.
.do.
.do.
.do.
.do.
.do.

.do.
do.

.do.
.do.
.do.
.do.
.do.
.do.

Dream song (Juggler's
song).

War song

Moocasin-game song

do :

"I am going away "

"Come, let us drink"

(No words)

"In her canoe"

(No words)

Friendly song (o) (no words)

(No words)

Friendly song (6) (no words)

Friendly song (c) (no words)

Friendly song (d) (no words)

"The sky replies"

Scalp song

Song of thanks for a gift (no

words).

(No words)

Song of the begging dance (no

words).

(No words)

"Come, dance"

(No words)

Song of the four bears

Preparatory song

Song of the flying feather

Song of the man who succeeded . . .

Song of a scalp dance

Song of good medicine .

Song of the crab medicine-bag

Song of the fire-charm

Song of starvation

Song of the owl medicine

"Iflam beaten"

(No words)

Song of the trees

Song of the thunders

"My voice is heard "

" The approach of the storm"

"As the hawk soars"

"In the southern sky" ,

"Manido'listens to me"

The song of Ce'de6ns'

(No words)

"I have come after your stake " .

Serial
no.

171
187

174
166
167
181
182
164
165
183
192
163
193
194
195
162
161
189

190
188

172

156

157

173

178

184

158

122

143

123

144

124

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

111

125
145

Page
no.

188
199

189
183
184
194
195
182
183
195
202
182
203
204
204
180
179
201

201
200

188
177
178
188
193
195
178
138
158
138
27
32
97
98
99
100
102
103
104
105
158
139
126
127
128
129
130
132
132
125

139
159

LIST OF SONGS

XIX

Cata-
logue

DO.

229
230
236
237
238
'239
240
241
242
244
245
246
248
253
254
255
256
259
260
261
262
271
272
274
275
276
277

Name of singer.

Description of song.

Ga'gandac' i War song.

Maifi'ftns

Henry Selkirk.

Ga'tcitcigl'dg.

MIde'

Dream song

MIde'

Dream song.

Love song. . .
War song...
Unclassified.

Love song. . .

War song...

Title of song.

Little Eagle's song

(No words)

Song of the bear path

Escorting the candidate

Song of the manido'

Dancing song

" My pan of food"

"My pipe"

Song of the za'gimag'

Doctor's song

" I go to the big bear's lodge" . .

" Going around the world"

** They are making me old"

" To the spirit land"

Initiation song

"I will sing"

"I am walking"

Song of the deserted warrior

Song of the crows

"I am afraid of the owl"

*'WhenIthinkofhim"

Song of the loons

Song of We'nabo'jo

"My music reaches to the sky"

(No words)

* ' I will start before noon "

Song of CImau'ganIc

126

127

108

109

110

120

119

121

140

128

197

148

141

129

130

Page
no.

140

141

106

121

122

107

108

109

110

134

133

135

154

142

206

162

154

143

Special Signs Used in Transcriptions of Songs

(See pp. 5 and 6. )

-f placed above a note indicates that the tone Is sung slightly less
than a semitone higher than the proper pitch.

— placed above a note indicates that the tone is sung slightly less
than a semitone lower than the proper pitch.

(• placed above a note indicates that the note is prolonged slightly
beyond its proper time.

•) placed above a note indicates that the note is given less than its
proper time.

( » ) is used in melody outlines to indicate the pitch of a tone with-
out reference to its duration.

Meaningless syllables are italicized.

Where no words are given beneath the notes it is understood that
meaningless syllables were used, except in songs whose words \vere
sung too indistinctly for transcription, such instances being described
in the analysis.

' •".

• ••

*.•.'

• •

CHIPPEWA MUSIC
Bt Frances Densmobe

• • •
_• • •

-• •-•

• •

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF SONGS

Introduction

The songs comprised in this paper were obtained during 1907,
1908, and 1909, from Chippewa Indians on the White Earth, Leech
Lake, and Red Lake reservations in Minnesota, a few songs being
also secured from a Chippewa living on the Bois Fort reservation in
Minnesota. The Chippewa Indians on the White Earth and Leech
Lake reservations may be said, to represent the portion of the tribe
south of Lake Superior; those on the Red Lake reservation are more
nearly connected with the portion of the tribe living north of Lake*
Superior. Conditions on the White Earth and Leech Lake reserva-
tions are different from those at Red Lake, and the personality of the
singers presents a marked contrast. For these reasons the social
songs are considered in two groups. No Mide' songs were collected
at Red Lake.

Chippewa songs are not petrified specimens; they are alive with
the warm red blood of human nature. Music is one of the greatest
pleasures of the Chippewa. If an Indian visits another reservation
one of the first questions asked on his return is: ''What new songs
did you learn?''

Every phase of Chippewa life is expressed in music. Many of the
songs are very old and are found on several reservations; others are
said to be the more recent compositions of certain men who com-
posed them ''during a dream'' or "upon awaking from a dream."
It is still customary for the Chippewa to celebrate an important
event by a song. On the Leech Lake reservation the writer secured
the song which the Indians composed and sang during the disturbance
known as the "Pillager outbreak," in 1898. The song relates to
the death of Major Wilkinson, an officer of the United States Army,
who was shot while leading the troops. The Indians honor his

12692^— Bull. 45—10 1

» •

• >

C h

2 RUpEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

bravery and sjpeuk of him with respect. The words of the song
evidently refar'tic)' the grief of his fellow officers, and are as follows:
*^One in ajujHdrity passe th wailing. Thou, O chief, art by nature
also a maji.\* •

The ^ilppewa have no songs which are the exclusive property of
f amili^s .oTr clans. A young man may learn his father's songs, for
example, by giving him the customary gift of tobacco, but he does
not .inherit the right to sing such songs, nor does his father force him

• tiQ' learn them.

'-•'•The history of the Chippewa songs is well known to the singers,
•I '/•and is further preserved by the Indian custom of prefacing a song
• V with a brief speech concerning it. On formal occasions the Chip-
pewa singer says: *'My friends, I will now sing you the song of ,*'

describing the subject of the song. At the close of the song he says:

*^My friends, I have sung the song of ,'' repeating the title of the

song. In this way the facts concerning the song become strongly
associated with the melody in the minds of the people.

Chippewa singers often mention the locality from which a song
came — Gull lake, Madeline island, or La Pointe. If a song was
learned from the Sioux, it is so stated.

An interesting fact concerning Chippewa songs is that the melody
is evidently considered more important than the words. In a suc-
cession of several renditions of a song it is not unusual to find the

* words occurring only once. The idea is the important thing, and
that is firmly connected with the melody in the minds of the Indians.
It is permissible and customary to compose new words for old tunes,
but, so far as the writer has observed, these are always similar in general
character to the words previously used. These observations do not,
of course, apply to the Mide' songs, which are considered separately.
An instance of the changing of words in a song is furnished by
one of the love songs (no. 138; catalogue no. 107). As originally
recorded the words of this song were: *^Do not weep, I am not going
to die." On another reservation the same song was found, the words
being: '*Do not weep, I am not going away;" again: *^Do not weep,
I am going away but I will return soon." Among a third group of
Indians the writer found the song changed again. A certain Indian
said that he had recently made some new words for the song. The
words referred to a certain incident which he related, their general
trend being: ''Do not weep, I will take care of you." In all these
instances the underlying idea was the same and the general trend
of the melody was the same, though different singers gave slightly
different passing tones and embellishments. The various changes
thus introduced did not affect the identity of the song in the mind
of the Indians.

DBNSMOBD] CHIPPEWA MUSIC 3

Indian songs are not recorded in a definite system of notation and
a standard of absolute exactness is lacking. For that reason it seems
desirable that study be concentrated on the melody-trend and the
principal rhythm of the song, which show no variation in renditions
by different singers. A classified analysis of these unvarying phases
may supply data bearing on the natural laws which govern musical
expression.

Indian music seeipas to belong to a period in which habit takes
the place of scale consciousness. Habit in the choice of musical
intervals is formed by following a line of least resistance or by a
definite act of the will; or may be the result of both, the voice at
first singing the intervals which it finds easiest and afterward
repeating those intervals voluntarily. It is in such ways as these
that the tone material comprising Indian songs is probably acquired.

The study of Indian music deals with a free tonal expression,
yet this music is recorded at present in the notation of a conven-
tional system. It is acknowledged that ordinary musical notation
does not, in all instances, represent accurately the tones sung.
According to Ellis," ''all these [five-toned] scales are merely the
best representations in European notation of the sensations produced
by the scales on European listeners. They can not be received as cor-
rect representations of the notes actually played.'' If a new and
complete notation were used in recording fractional tones it should
be used in connection with delicately adjusted instruments which
would determine those fractional tones with mathematical accuracy.
The present study is not an analysis of fractional tones, but of
melodic trend and general musical character; therefore the ordinary
musical notation is used, with the addition of a few signs in special
cases.

The songs are recorded on a phonograph provided with a specially
constructed recording horn and recorders. Care is taken in
selecting the singers and in explaining to them the nature of the
material desired, and effort is made to free them from constraint
or embarrassment, in order that the recorded song may be free and
natural.

Before recording a song the name of the singer, the number of
the song, and the tone C of a pitch pipe are given into the record-
ing horn. These data serve to identify the cylinder record and also
to indicate the speed of the phonograph at the time the record is
made.

Before transcribing a song the speed of the phonograph is adjusted
so that the tone C as registered on the record shall correspond to

oln his translation of Hemboltz's The Sensations of Tone as the Physiological Basis of Music, part 3,
chapter 14 (footnote, p. 261).

4 BUBEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

the tone C as given by the pitch pipe. Thus the pitch and the metric
unit of the song are identical in recording and reproducing — ^a con-
dition essential to accuracy of transcription.

Intonation

One of the characteristics of Chippewa singing observed during this
study is that a vibrato, or wavering tone, is especially pleasing to
the singers. This is diflScult for them to acquire and is considered
a sign of musical proficiency. The vibrato may seem to indicate
an uncertain sense of tone, but the singer who uses it is ready to
approve the song when sung with correct intonation. He declares,
however, that this is not '*go6d singing.'' A person unaccustomed to
Indian singing, even if he have a keen ear, will find difficulty in
recognizing a song when it is sung by a typical Indian singer of
the old school, yet the Indian is ready to admit that the points of
difference are entirely in the rendition.

A kernel of tone on true pitch is evidenced by the following experi-
ment : The phonograph record of an extremely harsh song was selected
and duplicated on an electric recording machine, producing a record
much softer in that much of the harshness was eliminated, and show-
ing a melody approaching accuracy of pitch. Another discordant song
was duplicated on a second phonograph, another record made, from
this, and so on to the seventh record, which was so clear and
melodic as to be easily transcribed. Some of the by tones were lost
in each successive duplication, and what remained at last was the
principal tone. In each instance this must have been present in the
first record, though so obscured as to be almost indistinguishable.

At present the only standard generally available for the meas-
urement of musical intervals is the tempered musical scale. This
is artificial, yet its points of difference from the natural scale are
intervals less frequently used in primitive music than those which
the two scales have in common. Chippewa singers have been found
who sang all the intervals correctly except the fourth and seventh.

In his Esthetics of Musical Art, Dr. Ferdinand Hand, of the Uni-
versities of Leipzig and Jena, makes the statement that the Swiss and
Tyrolese sing the fourth of the scale too high and the seventh too low
for our ears. He says also: *^ Every teacher of singing admits that
children have special difficulty in singing these intervals. This is
not because they are not in accordance with nature, but are the
products of acute reflection and are therefore to be found only where
the finer development of the intellect renders them possible."

The descending interval of the minor third occurs with frequency
in the Chippewa songs, regardless of the nature of the song. This
suggests that it may be an interval either especially pleasing or

OBNSMORB] CHIPPEWA MUSIC 5

especially easy for the voice, and not directly connected with the
concept of the song.

Accidentals are usually given with more firmness and accuracy
than diatonic tones. This may be attributed to one of two causes —
either these tones are recognized as deviations from some definite
standard, or they are individual tones impressed on the mind of
the singers more clearly than other tones, and are therefore given
more accurately. Of interest in this connection is the fact that
the phonograph record shows the octavo, fifth, and twelfth sung
accurately by men who give the other intervals with uncertain
pitch. This peculiarity is found in records made by Indians whose
environment is primitive and who rarely hear the white man's music.
The following system of signs has been adopted: If the singer gives
the principal intervals of the scale correctly, but makes deviation in
other intervals, these incorrect tones, if raised less than a semitone,
are marked + ; if lowered less than a semitone, they are marked — .
This tonal peculiarity has been tested in the following manner: .Two
singers were asked to repeat songs recorded about seven months
before ; about 20 songs were included in this test, which showed deviar
tion on the same tones in the second as in the first rendition.

Rhythm

The rhythm of a Chippewa song is as much a matter of composition
as the melody and often expresses the idea of the song. The term
" rhythm,' ' in this connection, refers to the succession of measures
of irregular lengths, as well as to the subdivision of the measure.

The transcription of a song is divided into measures according to
the vocal accent. Since a secondary accent seldom occurs, the song
is usually divided into measures of two or three counts. In many
instances each of these counts is a metric unit and is so indicated by
the metronome mark at the opening of the song; in other instances
tlie entire measure constitutes the metric unit. In many songs
there is a recurring rhythmic unit composed of one to four or more
measures; in other songs there is no recurring rhythmic unit and in
many songs of this class the entire melody constitutes a rhythmic
unit, complete and satisfactory in itself. Continued repetition of
such a song gives to the entire performance the effect of a homogeneous
whole.

In many cases a metronome test of the phonograph record shows
the drum to have the same nulse or metric unit as the melody. From
this fact one would expect to find that the pulse of drum and voice
coincide at certain points, but an analysis of phonograph records and
observation in the field tend to show that the drum and the voice
are independent expressions. This is indicated in the tabulated

6 BUEEAU OP AMEBICAN ETHNOLOaY [bull. 46

rhythmic analysis of the songs, and also in the analysis of individual
songs. The Chippewa seldom strikes a drum and sounds a tone
simultaneously. One phonograph record (no. 124; catalogue no.
205) shows a remarkable pecuUarity. The metric units of voice and
drum are so neariy aUke that the same metronome indication is used
for each. At the beginning of the record the drumbeat is sUghtly
behind the voice, but it gains gradually until for one or two measures
the drum and voice are together; the drum continues to gain, and
during the remainder of the record it is struck sUghtly before the
sounding of the corresponding tone by the voice. The record is
not sufficiently long to show whether, in a more extended perform-
ance, the drum would have slackened in speed until it again took its
place after the voice.

It is worthy of note that appreciable interruptions in regular
rhythms are accurately repeated. For instance, in certain songs
there occur tones prolonged less than one-half their value; these
are marked thus (• . It was found that if the singer sang the song
several times he prolonged the tones to exactly the same length in
each rendition. Other tones are similarly shortened and are marked
thus •). These also are found to be accurately repeated.

Thus far, observation indicates that the rhythm is the essential
part of the Chippewa song. The words of a song may be sUghtly
different in rendition, or the less important melody progressions may
vary, but a corresponding variation in rhythm has not been observed.
A song, when sung by different singers, shows an exact reproduction
of rhythm.

During many of the Chippewa war dances the drum is in even beats,
equally accented. The drum rhythm of the woman's dance consists
of an accented beat preceded by an unaccented beat ; the drum rhythm
of the moccasin game is similar, but the unaccented beat in the for-
mer corresponds approximately to the third count in a triple measure,
while the unaccented beat in the latter corresponds in value to the
fourth count in a quadruple measure. Another distinction lies in
the manner of beginning these rhythms. In beginning the rhythm
of the woman's dance, the drummers give the unaccented beat with
a rebound of the stick, so that it seems to be connected with the
beat which precedes rather than with that which follows it. As soon
as the rhythm is well established, however, the unaccented beat
clearly connects itself with the succeeding beat. In the moccasin
game the rhythm is unmistakable from the start, the short beat being
closely connected with the longer one, which is emphatically accented.
These three rhythms, the war dance, the woman's dance, and the
moccasin game are the principal rhythms of the drum among the
Minnesota Chippewa.

MMSMdRB] CHIPPEWA MtJSTO 7

Tone Material

A wide range of tone material is shown by the songs under obser-
vation. Certain songs contain tones whose melodic sequence refers
definitely to a keynote or tonic. Other songs contain tones which
appear to belong to the system of tones commonly called major or
minor keys, but which are used in such melodic sequence that their
relation to a keynote or tonic is obscure. The border line betweeii
these two classes of songs is not clearly marked. Because the rela-
tion of tones to a keynote is not apparent, one scarcely is justified in
saying that such relation does not exist, especially as the purpose of
the present work is not scale construction, nor scale analysis, but
recording, in the simplest and most evident manner, the musical
performances of the Chippewa. For this reason no attempt is made
to separate these two classes of songs. The distinction will be evi-
dent to those who follow closely the transcriptions and analyses.
In many instances the sharps and flats at the beginning of the staflF
indicate that the tones upon those degrees are sharped or flatted,
but do not imply that the corresponding key is fully established. For
present purposes it is deemed sufficient to analyze the tone material
of the songs, with reference to the keynote impUed by the beginning
and ending of the song and its general melodic trend.

The present system of classification, while carried out consist-
ently, must be recognized as broad in outline and somewhat tentative.
The principal change from ordinary terminology is in connection
with what are conunonly known as the major and minor penta-
tonic scales. These two consist of the same tones, a major tonaUty
being secured by using as a keynote the lower tone of the group
of three tones, and a minor tonality being secured by using as a
keynote the upper tone of the group of two tones.

The subject of pentatonic scales is fully considered by Helmholtz,"
according to whom a scale lacking the second and sixth tones is the
second five-toned scale. This is the scale commonly known as the
minor pentatonic scale. According to the same author, a scale
lacking the fourth and seventh tones is the fourth five-toned scale.
This is the scale conunonly known as the major pentatonic scale.
Following the system set forth by Helmholtz, the terms ''second
five- toned scale'' and ''fourth five- toned scale'' are used to indicate
what are commonly called minor and major pentatonic scales.

A somewhat less important change in terminology is the use of
the term "tonality" instead of the more common term "key;"
this is fully explained in connection with the first tabulated analysis.

ain hjs work The Sensations of Tone as the Physiological Basis of Lltisic (part o, chapter 14).

BTJItEAU OF AMERICAN ETECNOLOGY

[bull. 45

Many songs which contam a limited number of tones, too limited
to constitute an organized key, still show definite tonality, either
major or minor.

Structure

The sequence of tones in Chippewa songs shows that certain songs
are harmonic and others melodic in structure. The following basis
of classification has been adopted : Songs are classified as harmonic
if their accented tones follow the intervals of diatonic chords, and
as melodic if their contiguous accented tones have no apparent chord
relationship. In the latter class are included many songs in which
the relations of the tones to a keynote is not strongly in evidence.

In many instances the interpretation of the words of these songs
has been difficult, the Mide' songs requiring special skill in transla-
tion.«

Tabulated Analysis of 180 Songs

The classifications presented are broad in their outlines. Further investigation

may make it possible to analyze more closely and to classify more definitely many

of these songs.

Melodic Analysis

tonality b

Major tonality

Minor tonality

Beginning major, ending minor.
Beginning minor, ending major.

Total.

65
25

White Earth and Leech
Lake reservations.

12
2

5
6

6 '
3

2
2

3
5

Red Lake reservation.

7
1

3
2

bfi .

3
6

m
m

4
6
1
1

104

180

oThe writer gratefully acknowledges her indebtedness to Mrs. Charles Mee, Mrs. Mary Warren English,
Rev. C. H. Beaulieu, and Mr. G. H. Beaulieu for their assistance as interpreters; also to the Rev. J. A.
Gilflllan, who for twenty-five years lived on the White Earth reservation, speaking the Chippewa
language with a fluency and understanding rarely attained by a member of the white race.

b Tonality is defined as "the quality and peculiarity of a tonal system;" key is defined as a "system of
tones the members of which bear certcdn definite relations to each other. "

Certain of the songs under analysis show a sequence of tones similar to a major or minor key; In other
instances the tone material which comprises a key or scale is present and the songs are clearly mtijor or
minor In tonality, yet the arrangement of the tones with reference to a keynote. is not apparent. Thus
from actual observation we discern the distinction between these two terms.

Since we are considering music of a period in which what we now designate scales and keys were not for-
mulated, the terms "major tonality" and "minor tonality" are used in preference to the common terina
"major key" and "minor key."

D)tN'^MORE]

C3BtI»llWA MtTSl<3

Melodic Analysis — Continued

TONE MATERIAL*

Fourth five-toned scale

Second five-toned scale

Major triad and sixth

Major triad, sixth, and fourth. . .

Minor triad

Minor triad and sixth

Minor triad and fourth

Minor triad, second, and fourth .

Minor third and fourth

Octave complete

Octave complete except seventh.
Octave complete except sixth . . .
Octave complete except second. .

Other combinations of tones

In two keys

Total.

White Earth and Leech
Lake reservations.

I
I

19
3

1
1

2
1

OS g

Red Lake reservation.

o
m

1
2
2

2
1

I I

l:^

3
1

BEGINNINGS OF SONGS

1
2
1
3
1

180

On the twelfth

33
29

3
. . . .

2
3

On the fifth

On the eleventh

On the fourth

1
2

On the tenth

On the third

On thft ninth. ^

Oh the second

1
2

On the octave

1
1

On the seventh

On the sixth

On the tonic

In two Iseys

■

Total

180

a Many songs included in this classification consist of tones which are not clearly referable to a tonic or
keynote. The songs are grouped according to the tone material which they contain. Thus, if a melody
contains F sharp and G sharp, begins on A and ends on D, it is, in this classification, regarded as being in
the key of D.

Certain melodies readily conform to the three principal chords of a key; other melodies containing the
same tones have no affiliation for either the principal chwds or the closing cadenoe of the key. Tliis pecu-
liarity is noted in the analysis of the song.

BUREAU OP AMBBICAir ETHXOLOOlT

(bcll.45

Mut/fuw AsMYHiH—iymiinued

ttStHSna OK HOS(i»

(lit lUnUmUu..

(Ill tiMi Milnl . , .
Ill imi kMVM. . .

Toinl.

Wblt« Ksrth and Leech
|>aki» TumrvaiionB,

10
3
I

8
3
1

ft
2
1

3
1

CO
09

5
2
1

Red Lake reflervation.

9
1

3
1

I; S'a

•a .

c c

c8 O
I"

8 120
3 39
1 17
4

180

KiaST PROQRESSIONS

KiiHl lii'otfroMMluii downward

MS
7

10
4

9
2

ft
3

2
2

4
4

3
2

4
5

7
5

135

I'irnl hi'tiuioKMltm uitwur<l

TuU\\

180

ACOlDKNTALSo

HouMM <H)iUAlutn|{ lU) uMdimlala

HUl h luwo\Hul a Mt>mltuno

73
4
1
1

11
1

10
1

« « « «

3
1

147
9

Klfdk IuwyihhI u MMultono

Kuinih luwt^i^ul u wunUuno.

Thlhl lowt^hul a MuuHoiu^.

StHHUui lowt^rtHl a Ht^uHoiu^, . , . ,

1
1

8(^vvn(h ridiHHl a M^ndtoiH^.

Hlxth raNnt a iHvmUom^

I ....

KMurth mImhI a iH^uHuih^ . . ^ , ,

i 1

S(HH>ud i'aU«'>\l a H^^uttoiH^. . ^

l^\u)rlU aud )tt^vt^(Uh Tak^tHt a st^iuUontv

1 '

111 I \\ i^ iLt^ VS«««*». .'....'. .*...........

IVtal

IdO

1
1

*» TUt i^lud^tal i»bj\^'l v>f iMnvlassWi^Uwi is t\> show the frequency with which tones diatonicaUy altered
vHV\ir in Ihette so)\)Ct^ K^u^h aivMentai i^ cta^jis^Aed according to its interval firom the keynote which is
iuv(4i«xi by Xh» l>^iniU)MC» envUn^^ aixd isetierai trend of the melody.

BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNCM.OGV BULLETIN « PLATE 2

MlTl'GWAKlK' (MTDE' DRUM), REVERSE SIDE

MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

dbiismobb]

eHlPMWA MtT^lC

Rhythmic Analysis

Beginning on accented portion of

measure

Beginning on unaccented portion

Transcribed in outline

Total.

Metric unit of. voice and drum the
same

Metric unit of voice and drum differ-
ent

Recorded without drum

Total.

23
26
41

23
61

White Eajrth and Leech
Lake reservations.

10
4

12
1

9°
bo

9
2

6
4

90
bfi

4
5

IS) •
a to

2
2

3
1

5
3

Red Lake reservation.

^
S

a
^

6
3

2
3

4
1

6
1

4*f

4
1

*- .

— • 09

00 So

2 a

9
3

89
50
41

180

63
89

180

Structural Analysis

Harmonic

20
70

8
6

■ • • •

2
2

1
8

• • • •

2
10

Melodic

139

Total

180

Harmonic. — Songs-in which the accented tones follow the intervals of diatonic chord.
Melodic. — Songs in which the accented tones suggest the intervals of a diatonic scale,
having no apparent chord relationship to each other.

MUSICAL INSTRUMENTvS

The songs of the Chippewa are usually accompanied by either the
drum or the rattle, while the Chippewa lover intersperses his songs
with the music of the flute.

The drum used in the social dances is about 2 feet in diameter
and 10 inches in thickness; it is suspended between stakes, which
are driven firmly in the ground. The sides of the drum are decorated
with beaded cloth. It is said that in the old days it was customary
to make a war drum by driving stakes in the ground and stretching
an entire hide over them, binding it in place by means of strong hoops.

The Mlde'wlwlfn has its special musical instruments. These con-
sist of the mUVgwakW (drum) and dci^gwdn (rattles). These instru-
ments are shown in plates 1 and 2.

The mltl'gwaklk' shown in the illustration is very old. It was
purchased on the Red Lake reservation, where it has often been

IS WHEAU 0]^ AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 46

heard at a distance of 10 miles. These drums are not unpleasantly
loud, but the sound has great vibration and carries a long distance.

This mitl'gwaklk' is made of a basswood log, hollowed by charring
and scraping. It is 16^ inches high, 10 inches in diameter at the
base, and 8^ inches in diameter at the top. It is decorated with a
blue band at the base, four heads representing the four Mide' manido',
and an oblong said to represent a bag containing yarrow, which
signifies life. The heads are outlined in red and the bag in blue.
When in use it is partially filled with water (the plug in the side is
plainly shown). The top is of untanned deerskin, which is dampened
and stretched very tight. At times, instead of being dampened the
top of the drum is held toward the fire or in the warmth of the sun,
which has the desired effect. Great care is taken in preparing a
drum for use, the proper quality of tone being secured by the treat-
ment of the deerskin top.

Four rattles comprise a set as used in the Mlde'. (See description
of Mide' ceremony, p. 48.) These are not decorated. Three consist
of small wooden drums, each provided with a sewn cover of hide,
containing small stones or shot and pierced by a stick which forms
the handle. The writer has seen rattles of this type used in the
treatment of the sick by means of the Mide'. These rattles are used
also in the ''shooting of spirit power'' during a ceremony of the
Mide'. The fourth rattle is made on a frame of bent wood. Each
of these rattles has a different tone, determined by the quantity of
stones or shot which it contains.

The round instrument at the right of the drum in the illustration
is the rattle used by the dja^sakid (doctor or juggler) ; if the dja'sakid
be also a member of the Mlde'wlwin he may use this as a drum when
practising the Mide' songs or teaching them to others. As stated else-
where, the dja'sakid are frequently members of the Mlde'wlwlfn, and
it was from such a man that this instrument was secured. It is 9^
inches in diameter, one-half inch in thickness, and contains only three
or four shot or small stones. Across the face of the drum is a blue
band, the smaller segment of the circle being painted green. Larger
instruments of the same type are also used by the dja'sakid; many of
them are elaborately decorated. The use of this instrument in the
treatment of the sick is fully described in the chapter on dream songs.
(Seep. 119.)

The drum used in the moccasin game is about 15 inches in diameter
and 2 inches in thickness. It may have hide stretched over one or
both sides and some specimens have small bits of jingling tin set
in the hoop. The stick used in beating this drum is similar to the
one shown with the dja'sakid instrument.

The courting flute of the Chippewa is usually made of cedar and is
similar in consuiuction to the flutes of other Indian tribes.

DKN8M0BD] CHIPPEWA MUSIC . 13

. THE MiDE'
Beliefs

The Mlde' (Grand Medicine) is the native religion of the Chippewa.
It teaches that long life is coincident with goodness, and that evil
inevitably reacts on the offender. Its chief aim is to secure health
and long life to its adherents, and music forms an essential part of
every means used to that end. Thus far the study of the subject has
revealed no reference to war and no allusions to enemies. The ele-
ment of propitiation is also absent from its teaching and practice.

The organization of this religion is called the Mide^wlwin (Grand
Medicine Society) . Both men and women are eligible to membership ;
a male member is called Mlde'winVni, and a female member Mide'-
wihwe' . There are eight degrees in the Mlde'wiwin, persons being
advanced from one degree to another on receiving certain instruc-
tions and bestowing valuable gifts. Meetings of the Mlde'wiwin are
held in the spring of each year, members being initiated at that
time; it is also permissible to hold initiation ceremonies in the fall.
All members are expected to attend one meeting each year for the
renewal of their ''spirit power.'' Smaller gatherings may be held at
any time for the treatment of the sick, and it is also permissible for
a few members of the society to meet at any time for the purpose of
singing the songs and strengthening their faith in the behefs of the
MXde'. A feast and an offering are inseparable features of all these
gatherings.

Ritual exactness is not obligatory in the MIde'. Its ceremony of
initiation has a general outline which is universally followed, but the
details vary in different localities. No ceremonial garments are worn,
and there are no ceremonial articles connected with the organization.
It is said that each leader has a pipe which he smokes only at meet-
ings of the MXde'wiwin, but this seems a matter of custom rather than
of requirement. There is nothing which corresponds to an hereditary
priesthood, the leaders of a ceremony being men who hold high degrees
in the society, and are chosen for the office at each meeting of the
society. The selection of songs at the various parts of the initiation
ceremony is decided by the leaders of the ceremony, as there are
many songs which may be sung.

Since ritual exactness is not obligatory in the MIde', there is no
penalty attached to a mistake in the singing of a song. De'bwawSn'-
dtlnk, an old member of the MXde'wiwln, states that there is a cor-
rect way to sing each song and that an effort is made to sing it in
this maimer because failure to do so is displeasing to the Mlde'
manido'. Added importance is given to this statement by the fact
that De'bwawSn'dftnk lives on the Bois Fort reservation, where the
Indians have had little direct contact with white men and where the
old traditions are particularly well preserved.

14 . BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

The emblem of the IVCfde' is mi^gia, a small, white shell, which is said
to appear upon the surface of the water when the action of a manido'
(spirit) causes the water to seethe. Manido' in the form of water ani-
mals, mermaids, and mermen, also appear to the members of the
MXde'wiwXn for the purpose of imparting instruction when they are in
a frame of mind to receive it. Hoping for such a visitation, it is not
unusual for a member of the MIde'wIwin to sit beside the water for
hours at a time, singing MXde' songs and beating the IVCfde' drum or
shaking a rattle.

The healing art of the MXde' is entirely different from that prac-
tised by the Chippewa doctors, the method of treatment is different,
and the two vocations are distinct, though it is possible for a doctor
to be a member of the Mlde'wiwin. Descriptions of the treatment
of the sick by both these methods will be given. **

The life enjoined on the members of the Mfde'wiwin is a life of rec-
titude. They are taught that membership in the MXde'wiwin does
not exempt a man from the consequences of his sins. Lying and
stealing are strictly forbidden; also the use of liquor.

The MXde' is not without its means of punishing offenders. Those
holding high degrees in the Mlde'wiwin are familiar with the art of
subtle poisoning, which may be used if necessary. It is said that
they are also able to call down curses on those who displease them.
The writer was recently informed of an instance in which a man
offended a Mlde'wlnl'nl, who retaliated by saying that a misfortune
would sooji befall him. In a short time his little daughter died.

Songs

The songs of the Mide' represent the musical expression of religious
ideas. The melody and the idea are the essential parts of a Mide'
song, the words being forced into conformation with the melody.
To accomplish this it is customary to add meaningless syllables either
between the parts of a word or between the words; accents are mis-
placed and a word is sometimes accented differently in various parts
of a song; the vowels are also given different sounds, or changed en-
tirely. Any of these alterations are permissible. In addition to the
meaningless syllables used to fill out the measures we find the ejac-
ulations lie hi hi hi J used in the songs associated with the ''shooting
of spirit power.''

The writer has even been informed that it is permissible for differ-
ent members of the Mlde'wlwlfn holding high degrees to use slightly
different words for the songs, but the idea of the song must always
remain the same. The words serve as a key to this idea without
fully expressing it. Sometimes only one or two words occur in a song.
Their literal translation is meaningless, but to an instructed member

aSeepp. 51 and 119.

DBNSMOBE] CHIPPEWA MUSIC 15

of the Mide'wiwin they bear an occult significance. Many of the
words used in the Mide' songs are unknown in the conversational
Chippewa of the present time. This fact has made it difficult to secure
satisfactory translations of these songs. Nine or ten interpreters
have been employed on many of them, the final translation being
made by three particularly efficient interpreters in consultation with
two members of the Mide'wiwin. By this method it has been possi-
ble to reach the idea underlying the song.

A Mlde' song is not considered complete unless the syllables lio ho
ho ho are repeatedly given at the close. When singing these songs
into the phonograph the singers have often requested a signal, so that
they might be sure to record these syllables before the blank was
filled. If necessary they leave a rendition of the song unfinished
in order to record them; some give them also before singing the song.

A member of the Mide'wiwin usually begins his performance by
drumming rapidly; then he gives the ejaculations, or speaks to the
Mide' manido' or makes some remarks concerning the song he is about
to sing; after this he sings the song, the beat of the drum being continu-
ous throughout. The drum appears to be an independent expression,
as in a large majority of instances the metric unit of the drum is
different from that of the voice. (See p. 11.)

The songs of the Mide'wIwXn are estimated as several hundred in
number. Some have a direct ceremonial use, as in the initiation of
members; others are connected with the use of '* medicine,'' the song
being sung when results are to be accomplished by ^^ spirit power;"
and other songs are known as ni'mvwiig' , or dancing songs. Certain
ceremonial songs are grouped in series of eight or ten, the members of
the Mlde'wiw!n dancing during the last half of the series.

In the words of these songs the ancient teachings and beliefs of
the M!de' are preserved. The words of the songs frequently furnish
the texts for discourses by the Mide'winl'n!. In some of the series of
songs it is the custom that one song be sung by each man, who fol-
lows the song with a discourse based on it.

Many of the songs are taught only to those who pay for the privi-
lege of learning them, and all the songs are recorded in mnemonics on
strips of birch bark. This record serves as a reminder of the essential
idea of the song and is diflFerent in its nature from our system of
printing. The Indian picture preserves the idea of the song, while
our printed page preserves the words which are supposed to express
the idea but which often express it very imperfectly.**

a The drawings for songs contained in this paper were made as follows (serial numbers used): Draw-
ings for songs nos. 1, 4, 81-88 by O'dfini' gtin; those for songs nos. 16-24 by De'bwaw6n'd<ink ; those for
songs nos. 65-69 by Be'clgwi'witans, and that for song no. 75 by Manido'giclgo'kwe — all of whom sang
the songs. The drawings for songs nos. 2, 3, 5-15, 25-64, 70-80 (except no. 75), 89-107 were the work of
Na'waji'blgo'kwe, who sang only a portion of the songs but made the drawings for the remainder on
hearing the phonograph records of the songs.

16 BUREAU OF AMEEICAN ETHHOLOGY IBULL.4B

The drawings of the Mlde' songs are universally understood by
members of the Mlde'w^wln. A lai^e number ot drawings have
been tested in the following manner: A song has been phonographic-
ally recorded and the picture drawn on one reservation and later the
phonograph record has been played to a member of the MIde'wIwIn
living on a distant reservation. The song has been recognized at
once and a picture drawn without hesitation. This picture, on com-
parison with the first, has been found identical in symbolism, differ-
ing only as one person draws better than another. By an inverse
test, a song picture has been shown to a member of the Mlde'wlwln
and she has sung the song which was sung on a distant reservation
by the person who drew the picture.

There are certain established symbob in the Mlde' drawing, the
principal ones being the circle, used to represent the earth, the sky,
a lake and a hill; and straight or wavy lines, used to represent " spirit
power." These symbols are combined with a crude delineation of the'
objects mentioned in the song.

FlQ. I. Kids' writing.

This system of mnemonics may be used for other purposes than
the songs. The writer once asked a woman who is a member of the
MIde'wKwIn to write the Chippewa word Gi'dgo'ihce in the Mlde'
mnemonics. The woman had never heard the word before. It is a
proper name combining the words gi'dlg (sky) and i'hwe (woman), the
vowel o'being a connective. The woman said that it would require a
little time for her to think how to write the word and that no one
could be in the wigwam with her when she wrote it. The result is
shown herewith (see fig. 1).

The double circle represents the sky, in which the moon is seen; the
single circle represents the earth. In each of these circles is the fig-
ure of a woman, the two figures being connected by a line which
touches the hand t>f the figure in the earth circle. The explanation
given by the woman was as follows:

This name mea"s Ihat there are really two women inslead ot one. In the sky ia
one of these wciTie.i; the other is on the earth. But the woman in the sky is con-
stantly f;iving spirit power to the one on the earth, which the one on the earth reaches
out her hand to receive.

MNsuoBB] CHIPPEWA MUSIC 17

This illustration shows that the ifide' writing can be used to
expresa complicated ideas.

The example of song writing here given (fig. 2) shows a delineation
of the objects mentioned in the song.

The words of the song are :

Wase' L^ht

Nita'binj^ Around you

O'gima Chief

ITcwe Woman (princess)

This picture was drawn by the same woman as the preceding.
She stated that the horizontal line represents the edge of the wig-
wam, along which are arranged various articles of value indicated
by the dots. At each end are torches, the light of which falls

Fia, 2. Wide' song writing.

on the gathered wealth, causing many of the articles to glitter. These
articles belong to a woman standing with upraised hands and wear-
ing a pearl necklace with a locket.

In singing this song the woman pointed to one portion of the pic-
ture after another, tapping the birch bark lightly as she sang and
traversing the row of dots, the horizontal line, the outline of the
necklace, and the torches, then beginning again at the row of dots.

The woman who sang this song stated further that "it is a medi-
cine song" and that she could, if desired, furnish some of the medicine
for use with the song. ' ' The medicine was in the form of a powder
and would be worn in a medicine bag."

No phonograph was available at the time, but the song was noted.
It begins on a high tone, descending with frequent intervals of the
12692»— Bull. 46—10 2

18 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

minor third and glissando progressions, and has a compass of an
octave and two tones.

Many of the Mide' songs are grouped in series, the pictures being
drawn on a long strip of birch bark. Midway through such a series
a line is drawn. This indicates a pause, after which the people rise,
and dance during the remaining songs of the series.

The antiquity of these songs is shown by the fact that many of
them are widely known among scattered peoples who came originally
from the same locality but have had practically no communication
for a long period of time. The preservation of the songs is aided by
the mnemonics, and the importance attached to them is shown by the
reluctance of the Mide' Indians to sing them until fully assured of the
sincerity and good will of the person making the request.

In analyzing the music as the important part of the expression,
the question arises whether the melodic progression or the rhythm
is more strongly impressed on the mind of the singer. Which of
these elements is to him the more important feature of the song?
A careful review of more than a hundred Mide' songs shows them to
consist of simple intervals and complicated rhythms. The tones
comprised in the songs are limited in number, many of the songs con-
taining only three or four tones, except as the number is extended
by repetition in a lower octave; the variety of rhythms is great, as
will be seen in the transcriptions. Accidentals rarely occur in the
songs. An accidental in the opening measures of a song is worthy
of little consideration, as in many instances the introductory measures
are sung only once, and the singer is allowed some freedom in them.

The rhythm of the song is determined by noting the accented
tones and dividing the song into measures according to them.

By observation we find that in many of the songs the metric imit
is the measure, not the individual count in the measure. In these
instances the accented measure beginnings are foimd to conform to
a very slow metronome beat, but the intervening tones are irregular
in length and can not be accurately indicated by note values. These
songs would resemble chants except for the freedom of their melody
progressions.

The next fact which we note in connection with the rhythm is that
it is most peculiar in songs which are intended to produce magic and
mysterious results. In this class are included songs for the healing
of the sick as well as songs used in connection with special ** medicine"
for success in hunting or other undertakings. In many of these songs
there is no repetition of a rhythmic unit, but the entire song consti-
tutes a rhythmic imit, its repeated renditions forming a satisfactory
whole.

There are other songs in which two or more measures of varying
lengths combine to form a rhythmic unit, which is repeated throughout

DBNSMOEB] CHIPPEWA MUSIC 19

the song. One measure occasionally constitutes the rhythmic unit,
which is continuously repeated.

The rhythm is simplest in the songs used while ''shooting" a can-
didate for initiation into the Mide'wiwin. In these songs there is
only one object — that the person shall fall unconscious, showing that he
is ^^ entirely controlled by the medicine.'' The rhythm of these songs
is an emphatic regular rhythm. When it is desired that a person be
energized to some great imdertaking the rhythm is irregular but so
fascinating in its irregularity that it holds the attention. This is
what is always sought — to control the person.

The ni'miwftg' (dancing songs) are always sung vibrato, with the
wavering of voice which would be produced by the motion of the
body in dancing. This wavering of the voice is inseparably con-
nected with the song. In all Mide' songs there is a tendency toward
uncertainty of intonation. Repetitions of the same tone usually
shade downward, and the transition from one tone to another is fre-
quently glissando. By a strange contrast it is foimd that accidentals,
when present, are usually given clearly and correctly. With very
few exceptions, the repetition of a song is begun on exactly the same
pitch as the first rendition. This frequently involves the ascent of a
twelfth and is often made more difficult by the fact that the song
ends on a tone below the natural range of the singer's voice. Thus
the song as a whole preserves its tonality and repetitions are accu-
rately begun, although the individual tones of the song may be uncer-
tain in intonation. This suggests the possibility that these variations
in intonation may be an attempt at ornamentation. The melodic
material is extremely limited and this wavering of the voice may
seem to add to the effectiveness of the song.

A few points concerning the song as a whole deserve our attention.
The repetition of a song is usually continuous with the previous ren-
dition, although a half rest occasionally occurs between the rendi-
tions. The repetition of a song frequently opens with a new word
and the melody returns to the fifth or sixth measure of the original
rendition. Repetitions of a song by different singers are found to
be identical in all important respects.

Unimportant phrases near the close of the song frequently vary in
number. They are usually reiterations of a word and the exact
number seems not essential.

An Indian rarely hums a Mide' song before singing it into the
phonograph and the accuracy of his memory is shown by the fact
that the song in repetition is never changed in rhythm, the changes,
when they occur, being in unimportant note values or melodic pro-
gressions.

In summarizing the preceding chapter we find the songs of the
Mide' to be essentially a musical expression, the form of the words
being subordinate to the form of the melody.

20 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

The drum and voice are usually independent in metric imits, the
drum being a rapid unaccented beat and the voice having a rhythm
which bears a relation to the mental concept of the song.

The intonation has been shown to be frequently variable for two
reasons: First in imitation of the motion of the body in dancing, and
second for the apparent purpose of ornamentation.

No effort Ilbs been made by the writer to secure the "bad medicine
songs" or songs of cursing. One who has heard a large number of
these songs states that they are terrible in their maledictions and
represent a phase of life and thought which it were better to leave
imtouched. They are the weapons of defense in the Mide', and all
that is believed to have been wrought through them will ever be an
unwritten page.

Use of Medicine

The power of the Mide' is exerted through a combination of two
mediums^ music and medicine. The former has been set forth in
detail; the latter is less available for analysis, but certain informa-
tion concerning it has been secured.

The medicine and medicine practice of the MIde' should be dis-
tinguished from that of the dja'sakid, who are doctors or jugglers.
That they may also be members of the MIde'wIwin does not change
the fact that the two professions are distinct.

The use of medicine in connection with the MIde' is as follows:
Each member of the Mide'wiwin carries in his Mide' bag many herbs
and other substances supposed to have medicinal value, in addition
to the mi'gXs (small white shells used in the Mide'). If a cure of the
sick is desired he frequently mixes and sells a medicine after singing
the song which will make it effectual.

In the working of a charm it is considered necessary to use both the
proper song and the proper medicine. For that reason a small
quantity of the medicine is furnished to a person who buys such a
song. To accomplish the desired results this medicine should, if
possible, come in contact either with the person to be influenced,
with some of his personal possessions, or with a small wooden eflBgy,
which the person working the charm makes for the purpose. The
medicine may consist of one or more ingredients and may be of
greater or less value. Certain herbs enter into the composition of
many medicines, while others are rare and difficult to obtain.

In the working of a love charm it is customary to obtain a thread
from the clothing of one of the persons to be affected, or, if possible, a
loose hair. Two small wooden effigies are made, one representing
a man, the other a woman, and the person working the charm
binds these together with the thread or hair. The effigies are then
placed in a small bag, with some of the proper medicine. This bag

DBNSMOBBl CHIPPEWA MUSIC 21

is worn around the neck of the person working the charm, who fre-
quently sings the song which is supposed to make the charm effective.

If the intention is to work an evil charm the method of procedure
is somewhat similar. An effort is made to secure some personal
possession, to which the medicine is applied; if this is impossible,
the medicine is applied to a wooden effigy of the person, and the man
working the charm sets this figure before him as he sings the songs
of cursing. The medicines used in connection with these songs are
said to be powerful and subtle vegetable poisons.

It is believed that if a Mide'wXniCnl has in his possession any article
belonging to a person he can work at any time whatever charm he likes
upon that person. It is said that the singer breathes upon his medi-
cine bag before working a charm.

A detailed account of the use of medicine in connection with cer-
tain songs is given at the close of this section.

One of the songs used at the dance which follows a Allde' ceremony
expresses the idea of a contest between two members of the Allde'-
wlwln to determine whose medicine is the stronger, the result of the
contest to be determined by the effects produced by the two medicines.

The strength of his medicine is the measure of the power of a
Mlde'wtolfnl.

Origin

Narrative by Na''waji''bigo''kwe (" woman dwelling among the rocks '*)o

The Chippewa believe in many manido'', or spirits. The highest of them ail is
called Kijie'' manido"", literally translated, "Uncreated Spirit." Those connected
with the Mlde^ are (1) Mlde"" manido"", the Mlde^ spirit, and (2) four manido^, one at
each point of the compass. These are called Wab<ln(inkMaci'' manido^, the East
spirit; Ca''wan(ink''daci'' manido"", the South spirit; Ningabi^'aniink^'daci'' manido"",
the West spirit; and Kiwe^dlniink'^daci'^ manido"", the North spirit. In the Mlde^
it is also the belief that there are four 'layers" beneath the earth and foiu* above
the earth. These "layers," or planes, are distinct from each other.

Originally all the inhabitants of the earth (Chippewa Indians) who were to learn
the Mlde^ lived on Madeline island, in Lake Superior, and in that portion of the
country. They were selected by the MIde'' manido' to be taught the Mide'' religion.

There was first a consultation among the four manido^ (East, South, West, and
North). This took place at the center of the earth, not under the earth, but at some
place far away. There they sat together and talked and decided to teach the Mlde^
to these particular Indians.

So the East manido'^ was selected to go among these Indians and teach them.
Before he left the others he told them that they must get everything ready and
decide exactly how the MIde'' should be taught to the Indians. Of course the
East manido^ could not approach the Indians in his spirit form, so he was bom of
an old woman who had lived with her husband all her life but had had no children.
This old couple lived on Madeline island.

a The narrator is a prominent member of the Mtde'wlwln on the White Earth reservation In KInnesota.
The narrative was interpreted by Mrs. Mary Warren English, sister of William Warren, the author of
"History of the Ojibwa," and is given in the exact words of the interpreter. An Indian who is familiar
with the Mtde' traditions on the Bois Fort reservation states that this is substantially the belief held
there concerning the origin of the MIde\

22 BUBEAIJ OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

The people were astonished and said, ''He must be a wonderful person to be bom
in this way/' so both mother and child were treated with great respect.

He was indeed a wonderful child. Whatever he said came true. He would say
to his father, "Go and get a bear," and his father would find one without any diflB-
culty. It was no effort at all for the family to get enough food. The child grew up
rapidly, and when he was a young man he had as his friend and companion one who
was his mother's brother's son — his cousin.

When he grew up he began to consider, ''I must begin to instruct these Indians in
the MIde''; that is the piupose for which I came."

After thinking this over he said to the old man, his father, "We will go on a journey
to the end of the lake;" his mother went with them. The point to which they
went was not where Duluth now stands, but was where Superior is located. This
was the location of the old town of Fond du Lac.

They reached this place and stayed four days. On the fourth day a terrible storm
came iiom the northeast, sweeping across the lake . During the storm the East manidc/
said to his father and mother, "My cousin at Madeline island is very ill; we must
go back."

His father said, "It is impossible to even put the canoe on the water in such a
storm."

Then the East manido^ said, "Put the canoe on the water, and the waves will at
once subside."

As soon as his father put the canoe on the water the storm subsided.

It was about noon when this happened, and the distance to Madeline island was
about 80 miles, but they paddled so fast that they reached there before simdown.
When they arrived they found that the cousin had been dead four days, but the body
had been kept so that they could see him.

The East manido^ told his father and mother and their friends not to weep for the
yoimg man. Then the next morning he told the people to make a long lodge extend-
ing east and west, such as is now used for the Mlde^. He showed them how to make
it with the top open and the sides of birch bark and leaves, and he said that they
must all bring tobacco and cooked food. In the center of the lodge he placed a MIde''
pole, and told the Indians to sit in rows around the lodge; he also made a Mide^
drimi and rattles, such as are still used.

West of the pole and a few feet away he placed the hewn coffin of the dead man;
on the south side of the lodge he seated the relatives and friends.

Then he told his father to take the MIde'' drum and sing.

The old man said, "I do not know how to sing."

His son said, "Just try; make the effort and you will be able to sing."

Then the East manido^ spoke to the parents of the dead man and to his own parents,
saying, "I am about to leave you. I will be absent four days. You must stay here
continuously and do every day as I have told you to do t6-day." The old man
promised to sing the MIde'' songs and do everything as he had been told to do.

Then the East manido'^ took vermilion paint and also blue paint and made marks
across the faces of the parents of the man and also his own parents — streaks across
their foreheads, the lowest red, then blue and red alternately. Then he started
away and said he would return on the morning of the fourth day. He went through
the air toward the eastern sky. They could see him go.

After he had disappeared the old mail took the Mlde'^ drum and sang more and more
Mlde^ songs. They came to him one after another. He was assisted by his son.
Even while his son was absent he directed him spiritually.

During the four days that the East manido^ was absent the sun shone constantly.
There was not a cloud and the wind did not blow.

On the morning of the fourth day they looked toward the east and saw the sky
streaked with colors like those he had painted on their foreheads. The Indians aU
looked in that direction with expectation.

OfiNSMORBl CHIPPEWA MUSIC 23

All this time the old man had been drumming and singing.

A little before noon they heard a peculiar sound in the sky. It "was from the east.
Some one was calling TFa, hi hi, At, as they call in the Mlde^ ceremony. They
watched the sky and saw four Indians walking toward them in the sky, giving this
call. Each Indian had a living otter in his hand.

The East manido^ came down to the Mide'' inclosure, lifted the drapery, and allowed
the others to pass in. The four manido'^ came in and took their stand at the east end
of the lodge. A little beyond the center was the coffin of hewn logs in which lay the
body of the young man, who had now been dead eight days.

The four manido^ held the otters with the right hand near the head and the left
hand below. These otters were their medicine bags.

The East manido'' stood first in the line. He began to sing, went halfway to the
cofl^, blew on his medicine bag, and shot from there toward the coflSn. Then the
top of the cofiln burst open, and the East manido'' marched around the lodge and took
his place at the end of the line.

Then the next one, the South manido'', did exactly as the East manido'' had done.
When he had shot, the young man opened his eyes and breathed. Then the South
manido^ took his position at the end of the line.

Next came the West manido''. When he had shot, the young man raised up and
looked at the manido'^.

Last came the North manido^, and when he had shot the young man rose up entirely
well in every respect.

Then these four manido^ began to talk to the Indians, and to tell them that this was
the method by which they were to treat the sick and the dead, and that the East
manido^ would instruct them in all they were to do.

Then these manido^ told the Indians that they would never see them again. The
manido^ would never come to earth again, but the Indians must offer them gifts and
sacrifices, which would be spiritually received. They must always remember that
the M!de^ was given to them by the manido^.

The East manido^ taught them the religion of the Mide^ and put souls in their bodies
and arranged how these souls should live in the next world. A great many times
some of these Mlde^ people have a trance in which they follow the spirit path and see
their dead friends. They also receive messages in dreams. They are especially
liable to do this when sorrowing for their friends.

It is told to Mlde^ members that about halfway to the Spirit Land there is a punish-
ment place where fire bums out all that is evil in them. Sometimes there is so
little left of the person that he turns into a frog. There are many little frogs in that
place, but the good pass through it unharmed. This is the only phase of punishment
taught, except that if a person dies while drunk he will remain drunken forever and
his punishment will be an eternal and unquenchable thirst.

Those initiated into the MIde' are instructed how to lead a good life. These instruc-
tions are given only to the members. Less heed is paid to the instructions than in
the old days, but very sick people are still restored by means of the Mlde'.

The narrator stated further that she had taken four degrees in the
society and received four great instructionSj and that she tried to
live according to them. She stated that she '^ could blow on her
medicine bag and produce evil results upon those who displeased
her, provided they were not of the Mlde';" she ^' would be powerless
against a member of the Mlde'wlwin.'' She ^' would not, however,
exert this evil power, for it would displease the Mde' manido'. Some
do this and it always reacts in evil upon themselves/^

24 BUREAU OP AMf-RlCAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 46

Such is the story of the MKde', which the Chippewa believes that
he received from the manido^ who came to him from the morning sky.

Description of Diagram Representing the Path of Life

In the explanation of this diagram** (fig. 3) the usual custom of
retaining the exact words of the interpreter has been followed.
The description is as follows:

This diagram represents the path of life from youth to old age, the tangent which
appears at each angle representing a temptation. There are seven of these tempta-
tions.

The first tangent represents the first temptation which comes to a young man.
If he yields to it he will not live long.

The second tangent represents the second temptation, and the penalty for this also
is that he will not live long.

With the third temptation the element of religious responsibility appears, and the
man (supposedly a member of the Mlde^wlwln) is asked: "How did you act when
you were initiated into the Mlde^wlwln? Were you respectful to the older members,
and did you faithfully fulfill all obligations? "

The fourth tangent is placed beyond the angle of the line. It represents a tempta-
tion coming to a man in middle life.

Fig. 3. Mtde' diagram of the path of life.

With the fifth temptation the man begins to reflect upon his own length of days,
and asks himself: "Have you ever been disrespectful to old age? "

The sixth temptation returns to the religious idea, and asks whether all religious
obligations have been fulfilled.

The seventh temptation is said to be the hardest of all, and if a man can endure
it he will live to the allotted age of man. At this time an evil spirit comes to him,
and if he has even so much as smiled during a Mlde^ ceremony, he must reckon
with it then.

The word *' temptation/' as used in this connection, implies pri-
marily a trial of strength and motive. There seems a significance
in the fact that, with the exception of the first and last, these tan-
gents occur after an angle or turn in the line, suggesting that some
sharp turn in the life of the man is followed immediately by this
testing of his character.

Initiation Ceremony of the First Degree

The following description of an initiation ceremony is compiled
from statements made by several members of the MIde'wIwIn, all of
whom belong to the Mille Lac band of Chippewa, but are now living
on the White Earth reservation. The entire account has been veri-

a Drawn by the elder Maifi'&ns, the ezplaoation being interpreted by Mr. John 0. Carl, a graduate of
Haskell Institute.

SLHSAU OF »Mf»K*.V ETHMOLOS'

euU-TTM « PLATE 4

WAWIEKUM'Ta

DENSMORBl CHIPPEWA MUSIO 25

fied, being translated into Chippewa and pronounced correct by
members of the Mide'wiwin.*

The ceremony described is that of initiation into the first degree.
Initiation into the second degree diflFers slightly from the first, and
initiation into the higher degrees is said to be different from the
lower degrees in many important respects; yet it is possible for per-
sons to be initiated into different degrees at the same ceremony.
It is also possible for a person to take two or even more degrees
at the same time, but this requires large gifts and extended instruc-
tion and is seldom done.

The first duty of the novitiate is to notify the old man whom he
desires as leader of the ceremony. This man consults with the novi-
tiate and selects four others to assist in the ceremony of initiation.
These do not usually hold as high degrees as the leader, but they
are expected to give part of the instructions and are f amiUar with the
duties of their office. A man is also selected to act as herald and
general director of the ceremony. This officer is called oc^Jcabe'wls.

The first duty of the oc'kabe'wXs is to announce the ceremony
to the members of the Mide'wXwIn and invite them to attend. He
carries tobacco, notifies the people that the ceremony is to be held,
tells them to smoke the tobacco, and also mentions, in the order of
their importance, the persons who will take part in the ceremony.

At the appointed time the people move their lodges and camp
near the place where the ceremony is to be held.

The initiators and the friends of the candidate have been prepar-
ing for the ceremony and have built the sweat lodge. This is
built wherever desired, and there is no prescribed direction for its
opening. Four poles are used in its construction, as the candidate
is to be initiated to the first degree. Six poles would be used if the
second degree were to be taken. These four poles are firmly planted
in the ground at points corresponding to the four comers of a square.
The poles diagonally opposite are then fastened together, forming
the framework of the roof, the binding together of the two poles
into one symbolizing the lengthening of Ufe, which is accomplished
by means of the MIde'. Sheets of birch bark are spread over the
poles to form the sides and roof.

The first ceremonial act on the part of the initiators consists in
entering the sweat lodge. A fire is built outside the entrance. Stones

oAocounts of the ceremony were given by two Chippewa bearing the same name, but not related to each
other. These were Maifi'&ns (" little wolf"), an aged man (see pis. 3, 6) who is most desirous that his native
beliefs shall be correctly Interpreted to his white brethren, and Maifi'ftns, a younger man, who retains with
remarkable accuracy the details of the ceremony as it was giv«i in the old days at Mille Lac.

Wa'wiektlm'lg (''the round earth") (see pi. 4) and his wife Na'waji'bigo'kwe ("woman dwelling among
the rocks") are members of the MIde'wIwIn in high degrees and have given valuable assistance in explaining
the songs and symbols; also Jiwa'blkito' ("resounding metal"), who holds the fourth degree, and De'-
bwaw^n'ddnk ("eating noisily "), plate 8, who holds the sixth degree, in the MIde'wIwIn. Supplementary
Information has been received from all the singers of Mtde' songs.

26 BUREAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 46

are heated and laid in the center of the lodge and frequently sprinkled
with water by means of a wisp of brush, the steam enveloping the
bodies of the men. It frequently happens that one or two women
are among those who are to assist at the initiation. They do not
enter the lodge but stand outside, joining in the songs. Mide' songs
are sung in the sweat lodge, and the mitf gwaklk' (MIde' drum) is
used. The leader of the entire ceremony is usually the leader in the
sweat lodge also. There is no prescribed length of time for remain-
ing in the sweat lodge, but several days are allowed for this portion
of the ceremony, at least four days being allowed if four men hold-
ing high degrees are in attendance.

On the first evening and on each Succeeding evening before the
initiation the men who are to assist in the ceremony sing in their
lodges, and all who desire may enter the lodges and dance. The
leader of the entire ceremony sings first in his lodge, drumming on
his mItlCgwaklk'. The man next in importance answers from his
lodge, and when he has finished the other men who are to take part
in the initiation sing in their lodges in the order of their importance,
" to show how glad they are that this person is to join the MIde'wIwIn.''
Then they all sing together, each his own song in his own wigwam.

Each MIde'wInl'nl has his own set of songs, some of which he has
composed and some of which he has purchased for large sums of
money or equal value in goods. It occasionally happens that two
men have the same song, but this is a coincidence. It is not permis-
sible for one man to sing a song belonging to another unless he has
purchased the right to sing it. The songs owned by individuals are
those connected with the use of medicine, and when a man buys a
song he receives some of the medicine for use.

During the evenings which precede the initiation ceremony it is cus-
tomary for members of the Mlde'wlw!n to enter tlie lodges of the lead-
ers and ask for instruction or information regarding the Mlde'. For
this purpose a person would go, if possible, to the Mide'wInX'nl who
initiated him, as the men always take an interest in those whom they
have initiated and require smaller gifts from them. The person desir-
ing such assistance takes a kettle of food or some other gift, enters
the lodge while the man is singing, and waits until he finishes the
song, thereupon placing the gift before him and asking the desired
instruction or advice, which is willingly given. One who does not
wish to ask a favor may enter any lodge and dance without pre-
senting a gift.

The following is an example of the songs which the Mide'winl'nl
sing in their lodges during the evenings preceding the initiation
ceremony. Other songs for similar use are given at the close of this
chapter. It should be remembered that the songs given in connec-
tion with this ceremony are representatives of a class and not
obligatory.

DRNSMORE] CHIPPEWA MUSIC 27

This song was sting by O'dSni'giin (^'hip bone'O, an old man who is
said to be especially skilled in the use of medicine. In connection
with the song he gave the following narrative :

There was once an old man who was a member of the Mide'wiwin, and knew the
use of all kinds of medicines and their songs. This old man had a nephew to whom
he taught the songs and the use of the medicines. The young man's name was Awi^-
hinedja'',* and he was anxious to beconre very powerful. After a time the old man
said: *'My nephew, I can teach you no more; you know all that I know and now
you will be a leader of the Mlde^wlwln." But the young man was not satisfied. He
brought many presents to his uncle in order that his uncle might try to remember
still more.

The old man said: **You are certainly very determined," and the young man
replied, "I know it."

The old man said : "My nephew, if you are as determined as this you will find out
whatever you desire. Come with me."

Then the old man took his nephew fer into the woods saying: "We are going where
there is a river." So they walked on and on until they came to a rocky gorge. They
stood at the edge of the cliff, and looking down they saw a river far below them.
There were trees beside the river, but the cliff on which they stood was far above the
tops of the trees.

Then the old man said: "Jump down to the river," and the' young man jumped
down, crashing through the tree tops and falling dead upon the rocks below. His
body was so crushed that it was not like a human body any more.

Four bears came and walked around his body, singing this song. When the
young man regained consciousness he heard the bears singing; when he opened
his eyes he saw the bears walking around him, and when they had walked around
him four times he rose up strong and well.

Then the four bears began to walk up the cliff and the young man followed them.
The four bears and the young man walked up the sheer face of the cliff as though it
were level ground. At the top they found the old man waiting for them.

"Now, my nephew," he said, "you are as great a medicine-man as I."

So Awi^inedja'' became a teacher and leader in the Mlde^'wiwln.

No. 1. Song OF THE Four Bears (Catalogue no. 189)o

Sung by G^DfiNi^'Gt^N

Analysis, — This song follows closely the
intervals of the fourth five-toned scale ^ and
is sung with the vibrato which characterizes
the dancing songs of the Mide', making the in-
tonation somewhat indistinct. A compari-
son between the metric units of voice and drum song picture no. i. Thisdraw-

shows that 3 metric units of the voice are ap- Ing shows the men emerging

proximately equal to 2 metric units of the 'Z.^^ Jtr^^'o,t>

drum. This suggests the rhythm commonly cllff. in a similar manner the

known as "two against three," but the voice- ^~^ l^TS^T mZ

pulses are grouped in double measures with drawing.

■ . — < .

a The catalogue numbers used throughout this paper correspond respeotively with the numbers
designating the phonograph records of the songs, which are preserved in the Bureau of American
Ethnology.

6 See p. 7.

BUBEAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

few exceptions, and there is no coincidence between voice and drum.
The 3^ measures are unmistakable in rhythm and occur in both ren-
ditions of the song. A strong feeling for the submediant is evident
in this melody.

The song closes with the exclamatory phrases which characterize
the Mide' songs and which can not be accurately transcribed. The
notation will, however, give an idea of this peculiarity.

Voice M.M. J =168

Drum M.M. J =104

( Drum in unaccented eighth notes )

mi^^^^=H^ \ >ir-f(fn^ i fS B ^

A-wi-hi-ne-dja ha ni - wi-do-se

WrFm a rffj M -

ma ha A' wi-hi-ne - dja

ha ni

wi-do-se - ma a loi Aa ni

wi - do-se

^j III, nr' r i r ir i r if nC-Tf i r

hi toe 7ta Ai de - ma - sa

na a - wi-hi-ne -dja

wfT-m

Aa ni - wi-do-se

ma a loi Jia ni

wi-do-se

-^'

— rr~f^

T^ 1^ 15"

rfz-^n

-^^1

=t=B=^

dbs. J . J^

*^- i

' d — S ^S' "

hi toe na wa

hi yii wa

Drum

r— 1 1 1

hi yA

1 — 1 1 —

— 1 1

tJ — H

• •

Drum-rhythm
Drum J =104

n!=^n:

etc.

WORDS

Awi^inedjV (Man's name)

Ni^widos^'ema I am walking with h\n\

In^ade^'musa'' Alas! AlasI

DBNSMORD] CHIPPEWA MUSIC , 29

After all have been in the sweat lodge a council of the initiators is
called by the leader. This is held for the purpose of deciding what
part each is to take in the initiation ceremony. The person to be
initiated is present at this council.

The council may be held in any of the lodges. The leader sits at
the left of the entrance ; beside him is his mltf gwaklk', and before him
is spread a blanket, given by the person to be initiated as a part of
the prescribed offering. The candidate for initiation sits at the right
of the leader; at the opposite side of the lodge sit the other four
initiators, while the oc'kabe'wls comes and goes as needed.

When all are assembled a discussion is held as to who will be best
adapted to certain parts of the ceremony. One man is selected to
be the first to ''shoot" the candidate for initiation. This man is
called ne'm^to'maM' — a special word which can not be literally trans-
lated; he was said to be ''like the man who sits in the bow of the
boat to watch which way the boat is going." The next person to be
selected is the man who is to be the last to "shoot" the candidate for
initiation. This man is called we'daked', and is said to be "like the
steersman who sits in the stem of the boat and guides it."

After these two have been selected the leader turns to the ne'mXta'-
maM' and says, "You have been appointed by us; do as you think
best in the performance of your duties; we do not command you,
for we respect you and have confidence in your ability." He then
extends his hands over him and places the mltl'gwaklk' before him.

The ne'n^ta'maAfi' then sings as many songs as he likes, the person
to be initiated risiug and dancing before him as he siags.

When the ne'n^ta'maM' has finished singing he turns to the man
next him and says, " NiMn (my MKde' brother), there must be some-
thiQg in you since you were chosen to take part in this ceremony."
He strikes the mitf gwaklk' three times, saying ho ho ho, and hands
it to the man next to him, who sings as he has done and, in turn,
passes the drum to the man who sits next to him.

The men of lesser importance are expected to do little except sing
a few songs.

This council takes a long time and after it is finished the leader has
no further responsibility, though he may be consulted by those to
whom he has delegated authority.

Main^&ns stated that when he was one of the initiators he sang the
following song, which was taught him by the old man who initiated
him into the MIde'wXwXn. In explanation of the song he said that a
manido' came to teach the MIde' to the Indians, and at that time
stopped on a long point of land which projects into Lake Superior at
Duluth. The song refers to this incident. (See p. 22). The person
to be initiated would not dance during this song.

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

No. 2. Song of the ManhK)' (Catalogue no. 238)
Sung by MaiiJ^'Ans ("little wolp")

Voice J =152
Drum J =152
( Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1 )

f- f- , r' f-

64^

(

mtji f r r MiiW :

Na-wai - i he he nl ml ai

nUn na-wai

i he he ni nil si

^ b4 * 1 1 ■ J-*-i-l 1*- -1 1 |l 1 k: 1—1— H-h f

nUn na-wai

i he he nl ml si

nun na-wai

i he he nl

mi si

nUn na-wai

555^^

i he he nl ml si

niXn na-wai

i he

i=.f:

J^=Mt

iLZJt

he nl ml el

nUn na-wai

i he he nl ml si

nun

i==i

ni - W

ba - ha-ha - wi - yan c - na - wai

WORDS

Nawaii'' On the center of a peninsula

Ni'l)awiy&n^ I am standing

Analysis, — This song is melodic in structure, begins on the twelfth
and with one exception contains only the tones of the fourth five-toned
scale, the most frequent interval of progression being the
minor thirds The notes marked (• were slightly prolonged
in all the renditions. This prolonging of the tone was uni-
form but not sufficient to be indicated by a note value.
Attention is directed to the fact that with the introduction
of the second word the melody does not begin an entire
repetition but soon returns to a point near the opening of
the song, the remainder of the melody being the same as
in the first.

PIC-

SONQ
TUBE NO. 2.

The MIde'
pole and
stone are
shown in
the draw-
ing.

The following song is similar to no. 2, except that the
person to be initiated would dance during this song. It
may also be sung in the Mlde'wigan (lodge in which the ceremony
is held) after the initiation.

dbnsmobb]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

No. 3. Dancing Song

Sung by Main^Ans

Voice J=: 108

Drum Jrr 108

(Drum in quarter notes)

(Catalogue no. 239)

&&i

# ^ , r?

Ho wi-gan-e

ho wi-gan-e ho wi-gan-e ho wi-gan-e

feiii frfpm-#B=-t:aiij3 = g

4 ^ • y

■4J,_U

wi-gan-e

ho wi-gan-e

ho wi-gan-e ho wi-gan-e

^^^ff fm^

^ ^XLM

wi-gan-e

ho wi-gan-e

ho wi-gan-e ho wi-gan-e

£rfa£jzirtp ^

f^ T f

4 r u

ho o-go-tci - tci -yan -e

wi-gan-e

ho wi-gan-e

e^^

H«-l*— •

^^=^

-B<-

Ao - wi-gan-e ^o

wi-gan - e

-«>-

S^?

wi - gan - e

wi-gan - e

^^^==^ ^m-f—f^

-^-

^0 wi-gan - e

ho wi-gan-e ho wi-gan-e ho

WORDS

O^gotcitci^yane'' In form like a bird

Siwa^wigane^ It appears

Analysis. — ^This song is based on the second five-toned scale.** It
begins on the octave and the principal interval of descent is the
minor third. The long note at the begmning of the measure is often
slightly prolonged. The metric unit of voice and drum is the same,
but the voice deviates somewhat, while the drum is maintained with
mechanical regularity. This song is given with the peculiar vibrato
which characterizes the Mide' dancing songs.

oSeep. 7.

BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

SONO PICTX7BE

NO. 3. It is in-
teresting tx>
note that the
drawing sug-
gests the skele-
ton of a bird
rather than a
living bird.

Before initiation the candidate is taken into the woods by the
initiators and given an "instruction," each man talking to him for a
long time. Only one such instruction is given to a candidate for the

first degree, the number of instructions corresponding
to the degree to be assumed. In the first degree the
instruction is chiefly of a moral nature, the candidate
being enjoined to lead a virtuous and upright life. He
is taught also the names and uses of a few simple herbs
which he is expected to secure and carry in his Mlde'
bag. He may find these herbs for himself or procure
them from some other member of the order. In the
higher degrees the instructions pertain to the mysteries
of the Mlde', the properties of rare herbs, and the
nature of vegetable poisons.

During the days which precede the ceremony it is cus-
tomary for the leading members of the Mlde'wlwlfn to
hold preparatory meetings. Any man may prepare a
feast and invite others to attend, each guest bringing a
pan or plate in which he carries away a portion of the food.
At the close of such a meeting the host rises and says, "We will
all sing and dance before you go." The principal guest hfts his
pan of food, then all rise and sing the following song, the words of
which mean "I am raising it up." This refers to the pan of food,
which is considered to be offered to the manido'. The same song could
be sung if a sick person were to be treated by the Mlde' and were
present in the lodge. The words would then be understood as refer-
ring to the sick person.

After the singing and dancing the principal guest leads and all
follow him as he walks around the lodge and out of the door.

No. 4. Preparatory Song (Catalogue no. 190)

Sung by O^'DfiNi^of^N

Analysis. — ^This song moves freely along the tones of the
fourth five-toned scale. The basis of the song consists of two
major triads on G fiat, one in the upper and one in the lower
octave, with E fiat as the passing tone, but the presence of
A fiat as an accented tone classifies the song as melodic
rather than harmonic. We can not safely infer a chord
unless more than one tone of it occurs in the melody, and
there is no contiguous tone which can be associated "with A
fiat in diatonic chord relation.

The chief musical interest of this song lies in the fact
that the metric unit is the measure, not the individual
part of the measure. There is no apparent relation between the metric
units of voice and drum.

Song pio

TUEENO.

4. The
drawing
indicates
a small
gather-
ing of
people at
a feast.

DENS more]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

A variation between the words as sung and the words accom-
panying the translation will be found in many Chippewa songs.
Many words are dismembered and have meaningless vowel soimds
inserted between the syllables; in many instances only a portion of
a word is used, and the pronunciation is often changed. Throughout
this work the words beneath the music are transcribed as given by
the singer. The words translated are the correct Chippewa and a
comparison between the two will show the changes made by the
singer. Thus in the present instance it will be seen that the syllable
Thwe or wi is substituted for the two syllables nin-do, which are the
beginning of the Chippewa word; the syllable hi is also inserted in
the word. Meaningless syllables are italicized, whether inserted
between parts of a word or between the words of the song.

VoiCB ^ — S4

Drum J = 108

(Drum-rbythm similar to No. 1)

Hwe - na - gi - wi - na hwe - na - gi - wi - na

wi -

na - gi - wi - Ai - na - Ai - na wi - na - gi - wi - na . . wi -

na - ga - wi - At - na - gi

wi - na

WORDS

Nindona^giwina^ I am raising it (or him) up

On the day before the initiation a feast is given in his own lodge
by the candidate for initiation. Invitations are delivered by the
oc'kabe'wfe, and most of the guests are women. A man is appointed
leader of this feast, and when it is time for the guests to depart he
leads in the singing of two songs, shaking his rattle as he sings.
Anyone who knows these songs may join the leader in singing them.

During the first song the guests stand in a line, the leader being
next the door, and they dance as they stand in their places, the
dance step consisting in the rhythmic transference of the weight from
one foot to the other. Each of these songs is sung only once.

Before singing the first song the leader might say, ''I have learned
this song from an old man, and I will sing it as well as I can. " The
words of the first song refer to the pan of food which each guest is
allowed to take home with him.

12692°— Bull. 45—10 3

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

No. 5. "My Pan of Food"

Sung by Main^Ans

Voice J —126

Dbum J = 92
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1)

(Catalogue no. 240)

-^ *-

t=t

tLUJ

Ha ni wa - kofl i-na ha ha ha ?ia ha ha ni wa-kofi 1 -

Voice J^=SS

# — p-

t:=t

Jpi.

221

P=?i:

na Aa ni

wa- koil i-na

ha ni wa kofl i -

m-r—y-ff^^^"

■^2-

na Aa ni wa-kofl i-na ha ha ni wa- kofl i-na hani

^^ r r r-

^ii:

4j4f— g

wa- kofl i - ua Aa ha ni wa-kofl i-na ha ni wa-kofL i-na

^ . ^ €» .

ha ni wa-kofl i-na Aa ni wa • kofl i - na

4 f f f f i fr^h-rf

nin - do • na - g^n e
Harmonic analysis: -^

Aa ni wa- kofl i-na Aa ni

WORDS

Wa^kon On my arm

Ina^ Behold

NinMona^gdn.*. My pan of food

SoNo ncTURK Analysis. — This song is plainly harmonic in structure, as

NO. 5. The ^\^Q melody tones follow the intervrals of the major triad in

manholds , j i i • i i .

his dish of the upper and lower octaves, the sixth being used as a

stotedintoe P^^^^S tone. Two renditions of the song were secured,

aong. each beginning with several measures in slower time.

densmorb]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

The rhythm in these measures is uncertain and can be only ap-
proximately indicated, but after the change of time the metric
unit is marked by the pulse of the measure beginning, which is very
regular.

Before singing the second closing song the leader might say, "I
will now depart and announce that the feast is ended. "

No. 6. "My Pipe''

Sung by MaiS^Ans

VoiCB J 1=108

Drum J = 96
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1 )

(Catalogue no. 241)

Nin - do - na - gi - ci - ma we nin - do - na - gi - ci - ma toe hi

nin> do - na - gi - ci - ma voe nin - do na - gi - ci

we nin - do - na - gi - ci - ma we nin - do - na - gi - ci - ma

m^i^

f- f - ft- -f- ■#■

we nin - do - na - si - ci - ma toe

WORDS

niu-do-pwa-giln e nin • do

Nindo^nagicima'' I am raising

NinMopwa^giin My pipe

Analysis. — The singing of this song was preceded by
very rapid drumming, the drum beats being in the value
of sixteenth notes, at ^=144 (two drum beats to each beat song^icture
of the metronome at 144) ; with this rapid drumming the
ejaculatory ho Jio Jio 7io ot the Mide' was given.

This song begins on the unaccented portion of the
measure, which is somewhat unusual. The melody begins
on the twelfth and follows the descending intervals of the fourth five-
toned scale. The harmonic basis is the same as in the preceding song,
but the use of the second as an accented tone places it (according to
our present classification) among the songs whose structure is melodic
rather than harmonic.

NO. 6. The
man raises
his dish of
food and also
his pipe.

36 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

At the close of this song the leader lays down his rattle, raises his
hands with palms extended, and motions the people to follow him as
he dances out of the lodge.

It is expected that those who have been invited to this feast will
build the Mlde'wlgan (MKde' lodge), where the initiation ceremony is
to be held. This is done soon after the close of the feast, and as so
many are at work — ^some cutting the poles and others cutting brush
or bringing dry hay — the building of the lodge requires only a short
time.

Plate 5 shows a Mide' lodge with a ceremony in progress. At this
ceremony Wa'wiekftm'Ig was advanced to a high degree. The struc-
ture is made of a framework of poles interlaced overhead to form a
roof whose drch suggests the dome of the sky. In unfavorable
weather this framework is covered with branches. The size of the
lodge varies according to requirement. It is usually from 50 to 100
feet long, 12 to 15 feet wide, and about 8 feet high. In the old days
several hundred people attended the Mlde'wlwln and the lodge at
that time is said to have been so long that a person at one end
could not hear voices at the other end and could judge the progress
of the ceremony only by the sound of the drum.'

For an initiation into the first degree the lodge (see fig. 4) extends
east and west, with a door at each end. For an initiation into the
fourth degree the lodge is built with four doors — east, west, north, and
south. If necessary for warmth, two fires are made, one in front of
each door. A large stone is placed a short distance west of the fire
which bums near the eastern door. This stone symbolizes the power
of the Mide' as a defense, one* man stating that the Mide' is like a
stone to throw at an enemy. West of the center of the lodge is the
pole belonging to the person to be initiated and known as his medicine
pole. If he is to take the first degree this pole is decorated with a
narrow blue band at the top, below which there is a broad band of
red, the remainder of the pole being unpainted. For an initiation
into the second degree the pole is decorated with a broader band of
blue, the width of the band of red remaining the same. It is also
placed nearer the west door. For the third degree an effigy of a
bird is placed near the top of the pole, for the fourth degree a cross-
bar is placed in the same position, and for each succeeding degree
there is a prescribed form of decoration.

On the day set for the initiation ceremony, just before sunrise, the
oc'kabe'wis and the person to be initiated go to the lodge carrying
on their backs the gifts which the latter will present to the initiators.
They go around the lodge four times, enter the east door, and hang
the gifts upon poles provided for the purpose. These gifts consist
of blankets and cloth as well as tobacco and food. The oc'kabe'wis
remains in the lodge to complete the arrangements.

BUHEAU OF AMEH

CAN ETH

NOLOGY

BULL

TIN 45

PLATE S

^^^

.-t:

EXTERIOR V

MtDE' LODGE

main'Ans as leader of a mIde' ceremony

DBNSMORB] CHIPPEWA MUSIC 37

Next a dog is killed for the feast. There is nothing ceremonial in
either the selection or the killing of the dog; the latter takes place
at some distance. The body of the dog is laid at the door of the
lodge and the entire procession steps over it, after which it is carried
away and cooked.

Early in the morning, before the hour set for the ceremony, the
person to be initiated goes to the lodge again, accompanied by the
leader, the four initiators, and the oc'kabe'wfe.

The next event is the sending of the oc'kabe'wte with invitations
to the members of the Mlde'wlwln. These invitations are in the
form of round sticks about the diameter of a lead pencil and about 6
inches long.

From one lodge to another the oc'kabe'wls goes, distributing the
sticks to those members of the MKde'wIwIn who are entitled to attend
the ceremony. If a person has committed some offense against the
society he is not included in this invitation. The oc'kabe'wls coimts
the sticks as he gives them out and returning reports the number to
the initiators, who thus know the number who will be present at the
ceremony. Only members of the MldeVIwXn are allowed to be
present in the lodge during the initiation. This company of people
have a leader appointed by the man in charge of the ceremony.
They assemble a short distance from the MKde'wIgan, each carrying
his medicine bag, and an empty pan in which to carry away a por-
tion of the feast. All are dressed in their finest except two who
are called zcJgwML^ ^ whose duties will be explained. At the proper
time the leader moves toward the lodge followed by the company in
single file. They march once around the lodge, singing the follow-
ing song:

No. 7. Processional (Catalogue no. 54)

Sung by Be^cIowi^wizans (** striped boy ")

Analysis. — ^This song begins on the fifth of the key and ends on
the fifth, having a range of one octave. The tempo is very rapid,
and the song is marked by vigorous accents. The
two words are repeated in each line of the song,
and pronounced very indistinctly.

At the eastern door the leader of the company ^^^ picture no. ?.

■■' '' The oblong represents

pauses and makes a plea to the Mlde' manido', the Midewigan. in
with right hand extended and left hand shaking ^^^ ^°*®' ^, *^ *°°s

e^ 1 1*1 poiB on which are

his rattle. (See pi. 6.) Three times he advances hung the gifts to be
as though to enter and as many times withdraws as ^^***T^^«ated^^Th'
though in fear. The fourth time he puts his head procession is entering
and shoulders through the opening and looks the lodge,
about as though in search of danger. Then he enters the lodge, fol-
lowed by the company. Main'&ns, the elder, stated that in this

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 46

entrance the leader impersonated the bear, who is intimately asso-
ciated with the Mide'.

As the company march around the lodge the leader extends his
hands toward the stone, the mXtrgwaklk', and the medicine pole.
This is an act of reverence.

Voice J =168
Recorded without drum

lA*-Zi

^^ ^ l ljC./ ^

Nin - kjlfi - o - cka - na - ki wa

f-^=^

pin - dl - ge - yan

nin-djifi- o - cka-na - ki wa

pin - dl - ge - yan

li^ i J

nin -djifl - o - cka - na - ki wa

pin - dl - ge - yan

ayt

r r r f f \ m ^ ^

he e he e ha ni da ya

nin-djifi-o - cka-na -ki wa -

^ ^mj-^

gtTTTn

pin-dl-ge-yan nin-djIfi-o - cka-na-ki wa - pin-dl-ge -yan

^ ^ ^j r gE^

li^g-J J II

nin-djIfi - o - cka-na - ki

pin - dl - ge - yan

WORDS

Nln^djlngocka^'naki The ground trembles

Wapln^digeyan^ As I am about to enter

While marching around the inside of the lodge the company sings
the melody which was sung as they marched around the outside, the
following words being substituted :

Cagwani^moyan^ My heart fails me

WapInMigeyan^ As I am about to enter

Manido^wigan^In The spirit lodge

The company marches around the lodge three times, and while
making the fourth circuit they sit down wherever they like.

The diagram (fig. 4) shows the arrangement of the Mlde'wlgan and
the position of its occupants during the ceremony. The oblong

bBNdMORB]

OHlPl>fiWA MXJ610

represents the lodge. At each side of the eastern entrance are two
figures. The first pair are '^ fiery dragons which disappear into the
ground if the candidate has the proper offering;'' the pair nearest
the entrance are "servants of the Mide' manido', who may refuse to
admit the candidate if they are not satisfied with him." The foot-
prints at the entrance indicate that the man who entered impersonated
the bear. The candidate sits next to the eastern entrance; beside
him are the leader and the oc'kabe'wis. The four initiators sit near
the western entrance, on the north side of the lodge; their position
is, however, not arbitrary. Along the sides of the lodge sit the mem-

4- w

Fig. 4. Diagram showing arrangement of MIde'wTgan during initiation ceremony of first degree.

(Drawn by the elder Maifi'ftns.)

bers of the Mlde'wlwln. A fire burns near each entrance. The stone
near the eastern entrance is shown, also the medicine pole and the
pile of gifts beside it. The figure east of the pole shows the second
position taken by the candidate for initiation; the dot west of the
stone is where the drum is stationed during the initiation; the two dots
east of the stone show the position of the drum after the initiation,
at which time it is played by the old leader and the oc'kabe'wls; the
four dots near the center of the lodge represent mi'gls and will be
explained later. (See p. 48.)

The following song is sung after all are seated.

No. 8. Introductory Song (Catalogue no. 55)

Sung by BE^ciowi^'wiZANS

AnaHy^. — The tempo of this song is even more rapid than the
preceding, the metric unit being the entire measure. It is based on

the major triad in the upper and lower octaves, with
i^A\A^Ur^ the sixth as a connecting tone, the sixth being more
prominent than in most songs of similar harmonic
80N0 PICTURE structure.

NO. 8. The

^'^^®***° After this song the invitation sticks are collected,
counted, tied in a bundle and laid at the foot of the
medicine pole.

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

Next a feast is served, each person receiving his or her portion in
the pan brought for that purpose. At this feast the dog is served;
portions of rice or other food may be carried away but it is required
that all of the dog be eaten in the lodge.

VoicB J = 84
Recorded without drum

1^^

^^a

1=4:

f f f if

«-

tS>-*-

A - i -gwd gi - wi - ml - de - wi - i - go ni - kftn a - i - gwCi

rni^lLLr i f I rTTTr- 1 r- 1 \ ±£itt±i:t

gi - wi-ml -de - wi- 1 - go ni - k&n a - i-gwd gi-wi-ml - de -

i9—

i9'^

-?5Hr

wi-i-go ni - k^n a- i-gwd gi-wi-ml-de - wi-i-go ni - k&n.

WORDS

Aigwd'' We are now

Giwi''mIde^wiigo' To receive you into the MIde'wIwIn

Nikan^ Our MIde' brother

Halfway down the lodge sit the za'gimag', whose faces are not
painted. ^

The leader then dances around the lodge carrying the mItl'gwakKk'.
He moves along the curves indicated in the diagram (fig. 5). After

Fig. 5. Diagram showing course followed by leader during initiation ceremony of first degree.

encircling the lodge he leaves the miti'gwakik' in front of the two
za'gimag', who begin to sing the nl'mlwtlg' (dancing songs), during
which any persons who wish may rise and dance in their places.
There are a large number of these dancing songs and they are
greatly enjoyed by members of the MKde'wIwIh.

Main'fins, the younger, stated that he sang the following song when
he was a za'gimag'. The words contain a reference to water. This
reference occurs frequently in the MKde' songs; it will be noted that
the water is usually represented as in action — bubbling, flowing,
seething, or casting up the white MMe' shells.

dbnsmobb]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

No. 9. Song of the Za'gimag' (Catalogue no. 242)
Sung by Main^'Ans

YOICB J::r 120

Dhdm J =120

( Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1 )

ai_Ui^' f rircu' i r' r cf r ^ ^

Wac

ke - a - bog o ho ha ni-y/a, - a - ac - ke-a- bog

# • ^ — •-W

ho ho ha ho ho ha ho ni' wa - ^ - ^ - wac - ke - a - bog

Ao ho ni - wa -Ao-Aa - wac-ke-a-bog o ^ Ao ni-wa-a-ac-

P*T r r \ ViW^W^

^^m

sfe

ke-a-bog o /lo /to ni-wa -a-a

# — # — p I •»-

i=t

wac-ke - a-bog
I* ^

Ao Ao

— ^-

we -wen

dji-dji-w<ifl e Ae A«

we - wen

^ Ae ^ ni-wa - ha-ha

wac-ke -a -bog

ho ho m

WORDS

Niwa^wacke^abog^ A bubbling spring

WeVendjiMjiwdn^ Comes from the hard ground

Analysis. — ^This song is an excellent example of the manner in which
ejaculations are interpolated into the Mide' songs. In portions
of the song the rhythm is rigidly maintained. For instance, in the
measures containing four quarter notes these notes are of exactly
the same length, and the difference between the 3-4
and 4:-4: measures is unmistakable, but in the fifth and
sixth measures, where there is a repetition of the syl-
lables, the rhythm is irregular.

The pulse of the drum is absolutely regular through-
out. The peculiar succession of measure lengths gives
an appearance of great rhythmic irregularity, yet the
metric unit of the quarter note is, with the exceptions mentioned,
quiie regularly maintained.

Song hcture no.
9. The course of
the stream is
shown.

42 BUBEAtr OF AMEKIOAN ethnology tBULL.4S

Other examples of the ni'miwtlg are given at the close of this
chapter.

The za'gimag' then carry the mitf gwaklk' around the lodge and
place it west of the stone, where it remains during the rites of
initiation.

The leader then encircles the lodge four times, with right hand
extended, left hand shaking the rattle, and head bent forward; this
being finished, the oc'kabe'wis takes down the gifts from the place
where they have been hung; the blankets are folded and laid at the
foot of the pole, care being taken to have them placed in the proper
order for distribution, the other gifts being conveniently placed on
the ground.

The person to be initiated is then escorted to the pole by the
leader, moving along the dotted lines indicated in the diagram (fig. 6).

* €) (• ; f^ w

Fio. 6. Diagram showing course followed by candidate, escorted by leader, In dance at MIde'

Initiation ceremony of first degree.

He moves slowly at first, then very rapidly, ejaculating hi hi hi, and
shaking his rattle.

The candidate is seated on the pile of blankets at the foot of the
pole, facing the east.

While escorting the candidate to the pole the following song may
be sung:

No. 10. Escorting THE Candidate (Catalogue no. 237)

Sung by Main^Ans

Analysis, — This song was sung three times, the transcription being
from the third rendition; the others are identical in the pulse of
measure beginnings and the outline of intervals, but vary slightly in
unimportant note values.

This song is a particularly good example of a feature which char-
acterizes the Mide' songs and which has a direct bearing on the
problem of musical development. The unvarying portion of the
song is the pulse of the measure beginnings, which is uniform in all
the renditious, while the pulse of the '^counts'' in the measures is not
mechanically regular and more nearly resembles the rhythm of cere-
monial speech. This suggests the possibility that the transition from

densmobb]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

ceremonial speech to song may be by the adoption of large rhythmic
pulses which are first made absolute, the rhythm of the intervening
portions being less rigidly controlled and retaining the character of
ceremonial speech.

VoiOB J . = 64

Dbum J = 92

(Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1)

^^ji^v^if fW^^

Ml-de-wi-ga - a-an gi-wa -ni - no - s6 Ag hS M Ag

ni -

• t tiztt t

k& - a - ftn gi-wa-ni-no- Aa-ni-no ho ho ho ho

ni -

k& - d - &I1 gi - wa - ni - no

8^ A^ AS ni - kft - d - d.n gi -

FB i f T

wa-ni -no

fig h^ hi ni-k& - d-&a gi

wa - ni - no - 8&

WORDS

Nikan^ Our Mlde^ brother

Giwa''ninos6' You are going around

Mlde^wlgan..... The MIdeModge

The rhythm of the drum is mechanically regular and
its metric imit has no relation to that of the voice.

After escorting the candidate to the pole the leader
summons the men previously selected to perform the
rites of initiation. These men move along the northern
side of the lodge and take their places at the south side
of the eastern door, the man designated as ne'mXta'maM'
being first in the line and the man designated as we'daked'
being last. Each of these men has a mi'gis (a small
white shell used in the Mlde') in his mouth. The ne'mX-
ta'maM' then blows on his medicine bag and dances,
standing in his place. He then walks toward the candi-
date, ejaculating weJtoJioJio ho! and extending his medi-
cine bag with each ejaculation. As he reaches the can-
didate he ''shoots" him, thrusting the medicine bag
toward him and ejaculating with great vehemence. It

Song picture no.
10. The candi-
date for initla-
tlon is seen ap-
proaching the
medicine pole.
The branches of
the sapling are
here shown in
the drawing,
though they are
cut when the
pole is in use.
In this connec-
tion they sjrm-
bolize the life of
the tree. (Com-
pare drawings of
songs nos. 44
and 55.)

is difficult to

44 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

describe this ejaculation, which is not loud but very forceful, with a
peculiar throbbing tone. It is exceedingly impressive, and the hearer
can not fail to realize that the entire power of the speaker is being
projected toward the person under treatment, whether that treat-
ment be intended to remove some inner defect, as in the Mide'
ceremonies, or to cure some bodily ailment, as in the treatment of the
sick.

When the ne'mlta'maftn' "shoots" the candidate for initiation
the man is said to feel the force of it in some part of his body and in-
dicates his responsiveness by laying his hand on his shoulder, knee, or
whatever part may be affected. The ne'mlta'maM' then passes along
the northern side of the lodge and takes his place at the end of the line.

The mannext tohim does precisely what he has done, and is followed
by the others, who in turn take their places at the end of the line.
After each '* shooting'^ the candidate indicates in what part of his
body he feels the effect.

This '* shooting" draws heavily on the resources of the person
performing it and is very exhausting. A man often calls upon his
brethren to assist him. They do not leave their places but are
expected to exert their power in his behalf. A woman frequently
finds herself unequal to the exertion, although she has been ap-
pointed one of the initiators. In that case she may ask a man to take
her place by doing the more exhausting portion of the work. She
breathes on her medicine bag and hands it to him for his use.
They move forward together, he walking close behind her, uttering
the ejaculations and moving the medicine bag in the prescribed
manner.

Before the we'daked', or the last of the initiators, moves toward
the candidate, he may turn to the leader and say, '^Now I will stir up
the spirit that is in me ; I will stand and dance and I ask your assist-
ance." He then dances in his place. In his hands he holds all
four of the medicine bags and breathes on them that the power
may be intensified to the greatest possible degree. He extends his
right arm to its full length and moves toward the candidate,
raising the medicine bags and bringing them down with the force
of a heavy blow as he ejaculates wa a M M M wa a M Jii hi!, throwing
all the strength of his being into the motion and the rhythmic sound.
Slowly he moves forward. It is the climax of the entire ceremony
and the members of the Mlde'wlwto wait in tense silence until the
candidate falls prostrate on the ground, overcome by the '* spirit
power" of the initiators.

The following is an example of the song sung at this point in the
ceremony. Other examples are given at the close of this chapter. A
large number of these songs is available; the selection is made by
the leader of the ceremony.

densmorb]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

No. 11. First Initiation Song

Sung by BE-'ciowi^wizANS

Voice c>^^^

Drum J — 96

( Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1 )

(Catalogue no. 61)

flf flf r f f =.£:^^

i2z4:

Wa sin - don-di - na - wa ha, ni - k§,n t na wa sin - don-dl - na -

^-r-\trr±j_ 1 1 r u \^ ee^

wa hja.

=9ii^

ni - k3,n i na wa sin - don - dl - na - wa ha,

^ n-

-& (^

l=M:

ni - k§,n i Tia wa sin-don-dl - na - wa ha. ni - k&n i na

Interpolation

1st rendition, after 6th measure

fer

-(5»-

-fi?-

2d rendition, last measure

T^"B~f

» — f — f — ^

bh^ J

^U 1/

\ 1

wa hi hi hi hi

3d, 4th and 5th renditions, last three measures

J . :^ 44

^m^M

i9 — I

-#-

hi hi hi hi hi

WORDS

Wasu^ From a long distance

NindonMinawa' I am shooting

Nikan^ My MIde'' brother

Analysis. — This song is sung during the actual
^* shooting" of the candidate and presents an exam- songkctueeno. ii.
pie of the combination of song and ejaculation which is used at this
portion of the ceremony. Six renditions of the song are on the pho-
nograph record and the interpolated syllables differ in the successive

BUBEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

renditions. In order to make this clear, the transcription of the
song is followed by a transcription of these syllables. The metric
pulse of the measure beginning is maintained throughout the ejacu-
lations, although after the second rendition these syllables are given
in triple time. This shows the pulse of the measure beginning to be
cleariy estabUshed in the mind of the singer. There is no relation
between this and the metric unit of the drum.

After being '^shot" by the we'daked' the person who is being
initiated falls prostrate on the ground with arms extended. While
he Ues on the ground the four initiators gather around him, place
their medicine bags on his back, and sing the following song:

No. 12. Second Initiation Song

Sung by BE''ciQWi''wiZANS

VoicB J =72
Drum J = 92
( Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1 )

(Catalogue no. 62)

r-r^f-

Hi wl - na- ke ni

hi wi -na-ke ni

hi \ri-na-ke ni

^Sl

■fii-

-^-

9 Urid^

hi hi wi-na-ke ni Aiwi-na-ke ni hi Ai-wi-na-ke ni

J n \ j \n n

hi wi-na-ke ni hi hi wi-na-ke ni hi wi-na-ke ni

WORDS

Wa^wina-Tce I have shot straight

Analysis, — This melody begins on the fifth of the key and ends on
the fifth, having a compass of one octave. It contains only the tones
of the minor triad and the fourth. There is no relation between the
metric unit of voice and drum.

Following this song the four initiators raise the
candidate to a sitting posture and a mi'gls comes
from his mouth. One of the initiators then takes
the mi'gis and walks once around the lodge. Paus-
ing near the candidate, he breathes on the mi'gfe
and extends it toward the east, breathes on it
again and extends it toward the south, repeating
oNG PICTURE NO. . ^j^^ proccss aud extending the mi'gfe toward the

west, north, and the zenith. This being done, the mi'gls is said to
disappear again into the body of the person being initiated, who falls

dbnsmobd]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

prostrate as before. While he lies prostrate one of the initiators
fastens on his back a medicine bag corresponding to the degree he
has taken. In the first degree this bag is made of the white skin of a
weasel. The initiators then raise the candidate to his feet and with-
draw to the eastern end of the lodge, the following song being sung:

No. 13. Third Initiation Song (Catalogue no. 63)

Sung by Be''cIqwi''wizans

Voice ^^J^SO

Dbum J = 96

(Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1)

^2 V 1 1_ =^

r P | f r

JJa bi - ml - ma-dwe - we

ni - ml - de - wi yan

% ha

teS^ F U \\ ^^

bi - ml - na - dwe

— 4i.

ni - ml - de - wi yan

e bi -

ml - ma - ha - dwe

ni - ml - de - wa - yan c bi -

rr=u^i

ml - ma - ?ia - dwe - we

ni - ml - de - wa - yan e bi -

ml ma - ^ - dwe - we toe ni - ml - de - wa - yan

WORDS

Bi^mlmadwe^we There comes a sound

Nimlde^wayan^ From my medicine bag

Analysis, — Beginning on the twelfth and moving freely along the
descending intervals of the fourth five-toned scale, this song is purely
harmonic in character. It begins on the unaccented
portion of the measure and contains few interpolated
syllables.

After this song the person who is being initiated takes
his medicine bag and goes toward the four initiators,
''shooting'' first the we'daked', who sits down. After
encircling the lodge he ''shoots" the next in line, and so song kctubk
on until all are seated, the lodge being encircled after ^°* ^^'
the "shooting'' of each man.

When all are thus seated the person being initiated takes the gifts
on his arm and presents the proper articles to the leader, the initia-

48 BUBEAU Of AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

tors, and the oc'kabe'wXs, personally thanking each for his share in
the ceremony.

It is considered that after the distribution of these gifts the candi-
date is fully initiated.

The next event is the showing of their mi'gfe by the four men who
have performed the initiatory rites. The leader requests them to do
this. A blanket is spread on the ground east of the medicine pole,
and a man is appointed to stand beside the blanket and receive the
mi'gls. (Fig. 4 shows four mi'gfe laid in the position indicated.)

The ne'mXta'maM' leads the hne of initiators. As they approach
the blanket each man in turn makes a rasping noise in his throat and
takes a mi'gfe from his mouth. These shells are received by the man
appointed, who lays them in order on the blanket- When all the mi'gis
have been deposited there the ne'mlta'matln' looks along the Une to
see that all are ready. The men are watching him, and at his signal
they all replace the mi'gis in their mouths with a uniform motion.

After showing the mi'gfa the initiators return to the mXti'gwakXk'
and sing together. The ne'mlta'maftii' holds the stick and plays
the drum first, the others shaking their rattles. Then he hands the
stick to another of the igroup, and so on until all have played the
drum. Four cici'gwS,n (rattles) are used in this portion of the cere-
mony, no two having exactly the same tone. (See pis. 1, 2.)

The mXti'gwaklk' is then removed to a position between the stone
and the eastern entrance (see fig. 4) ; the leader takes his place at
one side of it and the oc'kabe'wis at the other, the leader pounding
the drum and the oc'kabe'wis shaking a rattle. When they begin to
sing the members of the MIde'wXwXn sitting on the south side of the
lodge spring to their feet, advance toward those on the north side,
and '^ shoot'' them with their medicine bags. The latter fall insensi-
ble, but in a short time recover consciousness and advance toward
those now seated on the south side, '^ shooting" at them with their
medicine bags. These in turn fall insensible, and the ^'shooting'' is
continued until all present have been ''shot" with the medicine.
This ceremony of initiation usually lasts until late in the afternoon.

Meantime food is being cooked outside the lodge and when the
''shooting" is finished this feast is served and anyone who likes may
freely enter the lodge. This is the social feature of the event. Only
members of the Mide'wiwin are present at the initiation, but all
the members of the tribe may share in the feast and the dance
which follow. The nature of this feast is not prescribed. The dog
was a feature of the ceremonial feast which took place in the early
part of the ceremony. Food for this feast is provided by various
members of the tribe and a portion is usually carried home by each
person. According to custom, the old men are served first.

The following song is sung when the food and tobacco are brought
in and placed before the leading members of the Mlde'wlwln:

DENSMOBB]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

No. 14. First Song of the Feast (Catalogue no. 65)

Sung by Ki^'tcimak'wa (*' big bear ")

Voice ^—69

( Recorded without drum)

i9- -^-

lit

Ki-kftn-Hg «

e ntn-da- ca-mi-gog e^ e ni-k&n i At

-<s»-

La_^

^ ^-

ja. (5L

P=¥:

Tit

ni - k9,n- <ig i

nin - da - ca-mi-gog

i ^j i±A.m

*~l^ 25* "-ZS^

ni - k&n ca - mi - gog

^ ni- k^n e Ae na ni - k&n-fig

+ *
p ^ p

4=^

See

a < g g

-fS*-

e nin-da- ca-mi- gog e ^e ni-k&n-ilg i Ai na

WORDS

Nikdn^tig My Mlde^ brethren

NinMaca^migog^ Have given me this feast

Armlysis. — ^This is a particularly free melody, begin- •
ning on the second, ending on the fifth of the key, and
having very little feeling for the fundamental chords of
the key. The intonation usually falls on the second of song picture
two similar tones. The rhythm of the song is peculiar,
the first five measures constituting a rhythmic unit.
The repetition of this unit is regular throughout the
song. A rhythmic unit regularly repeated suggests that
a rhythmic idea or impulse may be the nucleus of the
musical composition. It is of interest therefore to
note the occurrence of the rhythmic unit in this series of songs.

After the feast is served the following song is sung:

12692<»— Bull. 45—10 1

NO. 14. A
hand Is shown
bestowing the
feast, which
the singer
stretches u p
his own hand
to receive.

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

No. 15. Second Song of the Feast

Sung by Ki^'tcimak^'wa

VoiCB J = 76
Recorded without drum

(Catalogue no. 66)

■ II r I ^ ' r ^

Ca - we - ni - mi - wa - ad ni - k&n -tig e he

we - ni - mi - wa - ad ni

kd.n - tig e he

he ca-

we-ni-mi-wa -ad ni-kftn-fts: e Ac he ca - we-ni-mi-wa - ad ni-

2.Hr m^^.^^^^^.l I ni J ^ i

k&n-tlg e he he ca -we-ni-mi-wa - ad ni-k&n-fig e he he

WORDS

Cawe^'nimlwad'' I have received great kindness

Nikan'iig From my Mide'' brethren

Analysis, — The phonograph record shows an interesting feature
of this song which it is impossible to transcribe. On the second and

third counts of each measure the tone is sounded
slightly before the proper time, giving a peculiar
effect of rhythmic irregularity. This may be due
to the fact that no drum was used and that the
drum is usually struck slightly before the metro-
nome time. The voice may have unconsciously
imitated the drum in this respect.

The joyful character of this melody presents a
contrast to the serious ceremonial songs which pre-
cede it. The tones are those of the fourth five-
toned scale and the song is distinctly melodic in
character.

After the feast is finished the men who have
received gifts carry them to their own lodges with
their portion of the feast; later they return to join in the dance,
which is of an entirely social nature. At this dance a jtnan may sing

Song pictuke no. 15.
The Mlde'wlnl'nl
holds in his hand the
hlankets and other
gifts which he has re-
ceived from the per-
son Initiated.

DBNSMORB] CHIPPEWA MUSIC 51

his favorite ''medicine song" and any others who know the same
song may rise and dance. A great variety of Mide' songs are used
at this final dance.

When it is time for the company to disband, the four initiators
stand together at the southeast comer of the MKdeVlgan, the ne'mK-
ta'maM' at the head of the line. The music is very lively and
everyone is in the best possible humor. The initiators are the first
to leave the lodge, dancing out at the western door, followed by the
company and the newly initiated person, the leader being the last to
leave the lodge. The person who has been initiated takes with him
the medicine pole and the stone, which are his personal property;
these he carries to his lodge and makes a feast in their honor. After
the feast he takes both the pole and the stone to some secluded place
in the woods known only to himself. There he often goes, keeping
the place clear of rubbish and undergrowth. The stone remains there
always, but the pole may be removed by its owner for use in future
ceremonies.

The person who has been initiated also retains as his personal
property any songs which he can remember from hearing them
sung during the ceremony, it being considered that his gifts to the
leaders are sufficient to entitle him to these without further payment.

Each of the men who assisted at the initiation ceremony and
received gifts is expected to make a feast after the ceremony and
invite the newly initiated. At this feast he gives the newly initiated
the mi'gis which he exhibited at the ceremony. Thus the initiated
receives one mi'gis from each of the men who assisted at the cere-
mony. These he keeps in his Mide' bag, adding from time to time
such medicines as he has learned to use.

Ceremony for a Dying Chief

An opportunity for the writer's personal observation of this cere-
mony occurred in July, 1907, at Leech Lake, Minnesota, during the
last hours of Nigan'Iblnes' (^Heading bird of prey"), the hereditary
chief of the Pillager band of Chippewa. Nigan'Iblnes' was son of the
famous chief Flat Mouth and was always known by his father's name,
which is used therefore in this description of the ceremony.

After the agency physicians in consultation had concluded that the
old chief could live only a short time, he asked and was granted permis-
sion that a Mide' ceremony be held in the hope of prolonging his life,
or at least of making his last hours more comfortable. Accordingly
preparations were begun and a man named Na'joi'se ("two persons
walking ") was selected as oc'kabe'wis, or herald. It was decided also
that the leader of the ceremony should be Ge'miwftnac' (''bird that
flies through the rain"), the oldest MideVlnl'nl on the reservation,

52 BUBEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY [bdll.45

almost totally blind, but supposed to be very powerful (see pi. 9).
Invitations were sent to eight members of the Mide'wiwto. These
invitations were in the form of round sticks, about 5 inches in length.
Each member brought his invitation-stick with him, and prior to the
ceremony the sticks were tied in a bundle and laid on the ground at
the foot of the medicine pole.

For several days before the ceremony the Mide'winl'nl sang with
the MIde' drum in Flat Mouth's wigwam. The singing was also con-
tinued at intervals throughout the entire night. The ceremony took
place on the afternoon of July 24, 1907. Early on the morning
of that day a Aflde' lodge was made and Flat Mouth was taken
from his wigwam, carried thither, and laid upon a bed of boughs
shaded by small birch trees stuck into the ground. The inclosed space
was about 60 feet long and 20 feet wide, with rounded comers. At
the openings, at the east and west ends, blankets were hung between
tall poles. The inclosure was formed of pine branches stuck into the
groimd and woven together, forming a barrier about 3 feet in height.
Flat Mouth was laid in the place of honor at the south side of the
eastern entrance. A medicine pole was erected in the center of the
lodge about 20 feet from the eastern entrance, and between this pole
and the entrance were located a fire, and a kettle in which a dog
was cooked.

The ceremony was given according to the fourth degree, which
was the degree held by Flat Mouth. The decoration of the pole cor-
responded to this degree.

In the morning six members of the medicine party entered the
lodge, one of whom sang; he was evidently in charge of this part of
the ceremony. The songs were unaccompanied, the rattle being
used by him while marching and while '' treating '^ Flat Mouth. The
rattle was similar to that shown in plates 1 and 2.

After each song the leader led a procession around the lodge, shak-
ing his rattle and ejaculating Wa hi hi hi hi\ Wa hi hi hi hi'. Behind
him came a woman with food in a pan, then a man with a rattle, then
a woman, then a man and a woman, each with food in a pan. After
circling the lodge several times the party stopped at the eastern
entrance and the leader made a speech, to which the others frequently
answered ho\ Then the leader walked before Flat Mouth, shaking
his rattle at arms, limbs, and body with ejaculations oihoho ho\

This continued during the morning.

In the afternoon Flat Mouth was laid upon a bed of boughs in the
center of the lodge, west of the medicine pole. At this time the
ceremony proper took place, under the direction of Ge'miwdnac',
while Na'joi'se continued to act as herald and another member of
the party took charge of the cooking of the dog.

densmobe] CHIPPEWA MUSIC 53

The members of the medicine party were in the center of the
lodge, the relatives and friends of Flat Mouth being seated along the
sides of the inclosure. At the opening of the ceremony Flat Mouth
was carried several times around the inclosure on his green blanket
and laid gently upon the bed of boughs.

Then a man from Pine Point said he wished to brew a medicine
of his own for Flat Mouth. He told of the virtue of this medi-
cine and said that it might not cure Flat Mouth but he believed
that it would make him more comfortable. He said that the secret
of this medicine was given him in a dream as a boy; that the prin-
cipal ingredient was part of a large animal which he saw in his dream,
and that he always carried this ingredient in his medicine bag.

The consent of Flat Mouth being secured, the man proceeded to
brew the medicine. As he did this, he gave the ya a hV, a Tii, a hi, hi
hi hi hij so frequently heard in the Mide'. He was joined by another
voice, beginning about a fourth higher and sliding down to a unison.

When the brewing of the medicine was completed Na'joi'se took
the steaming cup and carried it five times around the old chief; then
he gave the cup to Flat Mouth, who drank the medicine.

This was followed by a *' prayer to the medicine pole," interrupted
by frequent ejaculations of he he he.

Then the feast was served. This consisted of the cooked dog,
with the broth. It was required that all of this be eaten in the
lodge. There were also bread and wild rice, portions of which were
carried away by the guests at the close of the ceremony.

Each member of the medicine party carried a medicine bag, cor-
responding to his degree in the Mide'wiwin. The members now stood
in a circle around the chief and each in turn sang a song, after which
they marched once around the inclosure. The first few songs were
without accompaniment, while the others were accompanied softly
by the Mide' dnmi. There was a marked individuality in the songs,
suggesting that each person may have been singing his special medicine
song. Next the members of the party, each chewing his own medi-
cine, marched around the dying chief, and spit into a box of sawdust
at his feet. A man then stirred this mixture, which was rubbed on
the soles of Flat Mouth's feet. Each member also laid a pinch of it
on his body.

Following this, each of the medicine party sang a song and marched
around the chief, "shooting" his medicine bag at him.

Then all marched around the chief, carrying Mide' shells in their
left hands. Each person laid one shell on the chief's body in pass-
ing, and after circling his body took up the shell again. These shells
were similar to the mi'gis mentioned on page 48.

By this time the old chief was failing so rapidly that it was deemed
advisable to carry him into his wigwam. This was done, the men

aim
Inv
inv
Eac
cen
the
I
the
tini
pla«
of
froi
gha
wa.*-
the
tall
gro
Fla
eas
lod
an(
wa^

Wa."-
res I
]
lod
the
use
rat

ing
hin
a \\
cir(
ent
ane
his

cen
cer<
wh
the

j»*."

T«-'

*-»

■

-n*

•

«•

~"~"

.—

-w^

—

_ « _

»*"

««^

_ ,,

■^-^

"■^

—

^^ a^a

-i

■ —

'—

* ^*-

-« -

-■■'..

■^ *

.M-

"-*

— _

-'• -

^ ^

— »-

• ^— *

> .^ >«■

-. w~_i.

54 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

bearing him gently on his green blanket. Then they sang in his
lodge. Instead of the MXde' drum they used the sharp, thin, doctor's
drum and two rattles. The songs were different from those previously
used, and of a melancholy cadence, the interval of the sixth being
flatted.

Two hours later Flat Mouth died, his death being announced by
twenty rifle shots. This is the custom of the tribe, a few shots
announcing the death of a child and a larger number that of an
adult. As is customary with the tribe, the body was immediately
arrayed in the best apparel and ornaments of the deceased ; beside it
were laid his pipe, fan, and rifle, also a cushion with a woven cover.
In the early evening the ceremony was concluded briefly, as few had
the heart to dance. Flat Mouth's widow sat next the eastern en-
trance, where he had lain that morning, and the dancers ''shot"
their medicine bags at her as they passed. The chief's sister held
a Mide' shell in her hand and frequently extended it toward Flat
Mouth's widow, who breathed on it, whereupon the sister danced again
around the drum.

The MIde' drum used on this occasion was decorated in black,
with a border at the base consisting of a broad band and four deep
points. This was said to represent the pointed top of the Mide'
inclosure. Above this was the recumbent figure of an animal similar
to that shown in the drawing of song no. 94 (catalogue no. 1). The
top of this drum was of tanned deerskin, held tightly in place by a
hoop wound with cloth. The singers stood and held the drum by
the comers of the leather which formed the top. Occasionally the
widow of Flat Mouth rose and, taking hold of a comer of the leather,
stood silently and sadly beside the singers a few moments. There
were usually four singers at the drum, one after another acting as
leader; each pounded on the drum. One or two rattles were also
used.

At the close of the dance the medicine party went to their respec-
tive lodges, each carrying a bundle of small gifts. All that night the
sound of the MIde' drum and the monotonous singing were heard.

The next morning the Mlde'wlnl'nlf conducted what corresponded
to a funeral ceremony. The lodge was tightly closed, but the voices
could be plainly heard. The leaders were rehearsing the beliefs of
the MIde' and assuring the family of Flat Mouth of their reality.
Then they addressed the spirit of the dead chief, as it is believed that
the spirit lingers near the body until burial. One after another they
sat beside him, telling him to be careful to avoid certain turns in the
road to the Spirit Land, or to trust certain spirits who would meet
and assist him. They spoke with extreme rapidity, punctuating the
words with occasional sharp beats on the drum.

BULLETIN 48 PLATE 8

/•

\j^!^.

Wfk'SKM

^B^^j^^ ^^1

^^^^^^HV*' 9uirMi

li^J

P.I-,.

DE'BWAWEN'DONK

DBNSMORB] CHIPPEWA MUSIC 55

At the conclusion of this ceremony the writer was permitted to pho-
tograph the dead chief. (See pi. 7.) On entering the lodge, the medi-
cine party were found eating the funeral feast, which consisted of fruit,
cakes, bread, and rice. The body of Flat Mouth was concealed by a
curtain of white cloth. When the feast was concluded several photo-
graphs of the dead chief were taken, the upper coverings of the wig-
wam being removed to admit the light. Immediately afterward
the body was lifted on its green blanket and laid in the casket,
which was the best that could be purchased at the neighboring town.
Beside it, in the casket, were placed the fan, pipe, war bonnet,
and cushion. The fan consisted of an eagle wing decorated with
dots of red in a design which belonged especially to Flat Mouth,
being used by him alone. The cover of the cushion was a bag woven
of yams. This weaving of a bag without a seam is becoming a lost
art among the Minnesota Chippewa.

A long procession followed the body of Flat Mouth to the *' heathen
cemetery," a village of low wooden shelters above the graves. There
was no ceremony of any kind when the casket was lowered . The grave
was dug very large and almost circular in shape. Visiting the spot a
few months later, the writer found that a pointed wooden house had
been erected over the grave, according to the custom of the Chippewa.
The name Nigan'Iblnes' was painted on a narrow board placed on the
peak of the rodf , and beside the grave floated an American flag.

Songs for Initiation into the Sixth Degree

Sung by DE''BWAWfeN''D^NK

The songs of an initiation ceremony differ with the degree which
the person assumes, each degree having its special songs. The fol-
lowing songs given by De'bwawSn'dtok" (pi. 8) are those used when
initiating a member into the sixth degree.

Before singing the first song De'bwawSn'dflnk made a short speech
in Chippewa, speaking to the four MIde' manido', explaining that he
was not going about the city belittling their religion, and begging
that they be not offended because Circumstances made it impossible
for him to smoke the customary pipe before singing. This speech
was recorded by the phonograph.

The singer stated that if these songs are to be sung in private or at
a small gathering the men lay down their medicine bags, as they are
to "sing to the bags.'' The man who is to sing the first song fills
his pipe and smokes it; then he calls on the four Mide' manido', who
live in the four 'layers'' beneath the earth. One song is sung by
each man.

a An old man from the Bois Fort reservation, a most devout adherent of the MIde'. These songs were
recorded at Washington, D. C, whither De'bwawSn'dtLnk had come with an interpreter on business
connected with tribal affairs. The translations were given by his interpreter, Rev. Frank H. Pequette.

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

No. 16. FmsT Song

Voice J = 144
Drum J =144
( Dnim-rby thm similar to No. 1 )

(Catalogue no. 122)

io:^^ ti^ ^ ^ f X i ijt r r r j T T r

Dji-ca- wa - ^ - nl- ml - At

gog ho ho hjo ho ho

ni- Ai-kdrh&n e he lie

■i9-

dji-ca - we-Ac-nl-ml-Ai-gog ho ho

l aru i r^'ir-c

ni - hi -k&-h&ii e he ?ie

S - na-toe- Ae - bi-w<ig hi go

^^m

J-^Hhb^

Ao Ao nl-k&n

e Ae Ae

6 -na- toe- Ae-ni -bl-wftg e Ac

, ,. i , ii tJ | rL;f | i^rirr|rr|

ni-k&n e he he di-blHsko-Ao-ka-ml-Ig

e he he e lie he

Di-Ai-k&-h&ne he he

ga-ca - we-nI-mI-\r(i-% e he he

WORDS

Djicawa^'nimlgog I am blessed

Nikan^tig My Mlde^ brethren

Di^icoka^mlg By the four Mlde^ spirits

Ena''blw<ig^ Who live in the four layers

Ga''cawe''nimlw<ig^ Of the earth

Analysis, — This song abounds in the inter-
polated syllables which characterize the MXde'
Song picture no. 16. The songs. The measure lengths are irregular and

singer gave the following ex- , ■■ . . x • tt

pianation of this drawing: their succcssion appears erratic. However, two
"The circle is the earth, rccords of the song wcrc made, an interval of

These three people live ini, ii»ii ji i- t>

the fourth layer under the about a Week elapsmg between the makmg of
earth; from there they sing, them ; ou Comparison it is f ound that the rec-

Thls is a sixth degree song j • j i* i ' . . .i .

and so the people who sing ^^^^ are identical m every respect, except that
It live in the fourth layer in the measure marked X the second rendition

under the earth." i ,i_ n i i -z -z ,i i

snows the syllables ho ho on the second count.
This change is very slight, but as it is the only one which occurs, it is

densmorb]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

worthy of mention. In this as in other Mide' songs the pulse is not
mechanically regular and the same variations are found in the second
as in the first rendition. This variation usually consists in a very
slight prolonging of the accented tones. This song and the succeed-
ing song contain syncopations, which are extremely rare in the Chip-
pewa songs.

No. 17. Second Song (Catalogue no. 123)

Voice J ,= 72

Drum J =126

( Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1 )

H-

T7~t9-

W6n-dji - mo -ki - ySn e e e w6n-dji - mo - ko - ho - ki - ySn

|9 •-

F=F

e he he w6n-dji-mo-ki-yan e he ^w6n-dji-mo - Ao-^-ki-ySn

^K-L-U^ci=a

»»^= p

he he . w6n-dji -mo-ki -y^n e he he w6n-dji-mo- ho -

t_^ — P — rl5»-

-<5>-

Ao - ki - ySn e

na-wo-kdm-i-gSn a ge he he w6n - dji

WORDS

Nawo^ktimigan'' In the center of the earth

W6n''djimo^kiyaii'' Whence I come

This and the remaining songs of the set were recorded a few days
later than the first song. At this time tobacco had been provided,
which the old chief smoked in sUence. When he
was ready, he seated himself before the phonograph
and again made a speech, translated as follows:

I am not doing this for the sake of curiosity, but I have
smoked a pipe to the MIde'' manido^ from whom these songs
came, and I ask them not to be offended with me for singing
these songs which belong to them.

Song picture no. 17.
The "center of the
earth " is plainly indi-
cated in the drawing.

Analysis, — ^This song is of unusually small com-
pass, and it is interesting to note the drop of a
minor third to D with a return to the tonic F.
This is rare in the Chippewa songs recorded, but has been noted in
other primitive music. In this song the metric unit is the measure,
the pulses of the parts of the measure being less uniform and regular.
The song closely resembles a chant.

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

No. 18. Third Sono

(Catalogue no. 124)

Voice J — 96

Drum J=152

( Drum -rhythm similar to No. 1 )

Nin - go - Ao-sa ha ha nin-go - Ao - sa nin - go - ^

f ^r tti/g

f= •-

p4-f^-C-f-l

sa ha ha nin-go-^ - sa nin-go- ^-sa nin-go-sa nin-go-

«:

^Jf t f I r rg

sa nin-go -^-sa nin-go-sa nin-go-sa nin-go-sa nl - gl

wa - o-mlfi e - bid e ma - ni - do i ne nin-go-sa nin • go - sa

WORDS

Ningo^sa I am afraid of

Nikan^ My Mlde^ brother

Nlglwftm^ii In my lodge

E^bld Who dwells

Analysis, — The chief musical interest of this song lies in the fact
that the first word is variously accented. We find the musical accent
falling on each of the three syllables. In all MXde' songs the words
are subordinate to the music, a peculiarity which is well illustrated

in this instance. The beginning of the song on the
unaccented portion of the measure is somewhat
unusual.

The remaining songs of the series are given in out-
line instead of full transcription. This shows the
trend of the melody, but does not indicate either the
rhythm or note values. The metronome indication
which precedes the songs has no reference to the sym-
bol as written, its only purpose being to show the
metric unit of the voice and of the drum, for the pur-
pose of comparison.
The beat of the drum is almost uniform through-
out the series, being in unaccented strokes, two of which are equiva-
lent to the metronome beat 126 or 132. Thus by metronome test there
are approximately four pulses of the drum to one of the voice, but
this correspondence ,is not evident to the ear. The relation between
the two is not accurate, for the rhythm of the voice varies, while the
drum does not vary, being entirely independent of the voice.

Song picture no. 18.
The MIde' lodge and
the person to be ini-
tiated are shown.

dbnsmorb]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

The words of the songs are continually broken and separated by
the syllables hi hi hi, which occur even more frequently than in the
initiation songs of the lower degrees.

Only two of these songs are of minor tonality. One of these, no. 19,
is interesting in that the singer began the last half slightly too high,
thus changing the key from C minor to C sharp minor. The relations •
of the tones in the last half are well sustained.

In this series we find three songs containing the tones of the major
triad with the sixth added, two instances of the octave complete
except the seventh, one instance of the octave complete except the
second and seventh, one instance of the octave complete except the
fourth and seventh, and two songs of minor tonality.

Musically, the chief value of these songs lies in the relation of voice,
and drum and in the peculiar ending of the songs. Compare these
songs in this respect with the melody outline of songs nos. 25-34. It
will be readily seen that the latter have a much stronger feeling for a
definite close either on the tonic or with the tones of the tonic chord.
An indefinite manner of closing a song may be considered character-
istic of a primitive stage of musical culture.

No. 19. Fourth Song

Voice without perceptible metric unit
Drum J = 126

(Catalogue no. 125)

^ iiife^ ^

WORDS

Awe^nen Who is this

De'wene' Sick unto death

Bema''dji<ig^ Whom I restore to life

The words of this song refer to the person who is being
initiated. Many sick persons are initiated in order
that they may be restored to health. The Mide' com-
prehends health of body, mind and spirit in one general
idea. It is supposed to benefit the individual as a whole
and the lines of demarcation between his various needs
are not sharply drawn.

Song picture
NO. 19. On
the body of
the person to
be initiated
are seen lines
represent-
ing the
'^strength'*
he is to re>
oeive through
the MIde'.

BUREAU OP AMERICAN ETHKOLOGY

[bull. 45

No. 20. Fifth Song

(Catalogue no. 126)

Voice <sJ=:60
Drum J =132
( Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1 )

Song picture no. 20. This is the only
drawing of a pipe which occurs in
connection with these songs.

WORDS

Niwi''dubima'' I am sitting

Nai^'iid In the fourth lodge

Opwa^giin With my pipe

The meaning of the word translated 'Modge'* is not clearly defined.
It refers to a progression in the MKde', a similar idea occurring in
songs.

No. 21. Sixth Song (Catalogue no. 127)

Voice ^^/^eo

Deum J =132

( Drum>rhy thm similar to No. 1 )

,._!!•

=T=rT=ll

WORDS

Ni''jaw6n''imig()g^ They have taken pity on me

Gawa''bikwe''djig The white-haired ones

It is said to be the white-haired Mide' spirits who enable
the members of the Mide'wiwin to attain long life.

The chief purpose of the Mide' is the securing of
health and long life to its adherents. Combined with
the assurances of its power to confer these benefits are ^^^^ picture no.

..... .. . j»i 1 IT . 'J 21. Thisdrawing

strict injunctions concerning rectitude, obedience to its undoubtediyrep-
instructions, and temperance. These qualities doubt- resents one of the

. "white-haired

less united to produce the promised results. Mide' spirits."

DENS more]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

No. 22. Seventh Song

(Catalogue no. 128)

Voice ^ ~ 60

Deum J =132

( Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1 )

WORDS

WewS''ni Diligently

Bizln^'dau Listen thou

Kaiya^'gigldo^djlg To those who speak

No. 23. Eighth Song

Bono PICTURE NO. 22.
He who speaks and
he who listens are
shown.

(Catalogue no. 129)

Voice ^ — 60

Drum J =132

( Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1 )

^^^

WORDS

Ge^ga Almost

BizInda''gonan'' He will listen to us

Manido^ Manido^

Song picture no.

23. This outline
is frequently
used to repre-
sent a manido'. at* mi ■ • xi i*

(Compare draw- Analysis. — Ihis song comprises the compass of an
ings of songs nos. octavc, extending from the dominant above to the

dominant below the tonic. The melody is based on
the tonic triad with the sixth added, and, as frequently occurs in
these songs, the entrance of the tonic is delayed. More of the
recorded Chippewa songs begin on the twelfth or fifth than on any
other tone and the first interval of descent is frequently a minor
third. This is repeated several times and is followed by the descent
of a major third, which completes the major triad and introduces
the tonic.

62 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

No. 24. Ninth Song (Catalogue no. 130)

Voice ^ — SO

Drum Jr=132

( Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1 )

m^^^=^ ^^^-'^^--^^^-rM=M

WORDS

Ca''cabondeckwa'gwan . . They are going through all the

Manidog^ Rooms of the Mlde^ lodge, it appears

Bi''tawaka''mlg The Mlde^ spirits, who live

A'H^idjig'' In the four layers of the earth

Ceremonial Songs

Sung by Na''jobi''t<^n o

Song picture no. 24. The following twenty-six songs consist of four

The subject recurs to . ii'»a ^ t • j»x

that of the first song in series, each having its own type of music and its
the series and the circle distiuct character of words. The first series may

is again shown, with , j. j.\. ^ t xt» j.u

oneof"thepeot)iewho he sung at the close of a ceremony; the others are
live in the fourth layer connected with the initiation of members. The

under the earth "

music is the most primitive which the writer re-
corded, with the possible exception of the songs given by De'bwa-
wfin'dtlnk of the Bois Fort reservation.

SERIES 1 — analysis

Musically, the songs in the first series are very similar, yet no
two are exactly alike. The songs were sung firmly and without
hesitation, showing that they were not improvised. Before singing
a song Na'jobi'ttin sometimes retired to the next room in order quietly
to hum over the song and to be sure that he remembered it correctly.
Many of the songs were sung several times, the renditions being
identical, except occasionally in unimportant measures near the
close.

The words of the first series relate to the water-spirit — his dwell-
ing, his action, and his manifestation as a male beaver. Mention is
made of the mermen. It is believed that manido' in the form of
both mermen and mermaids live in the water and at times appeal' to
the members of the Mide'wiwin.

Song no. 33 furnishes an interesting example of the difficulties
encountered in securing translations of these songs. The first inter-
preter said the last words meant ''I will gather it in the place of

a An old man living at Boy Lake, a portion of the Leech Lake reservation about 30 miles from the
agency, reached only by water. Na'jobl'ttifl ("two men walking") was almost blind and was in every
way the most Isolated individual with whom the writer came In contact. He was a firm believer in the
MIde Vlwin and its power.

DEN8M0EB] CHIPPEWA MUSIC 63

a circle;'' later, another interpreter gave as the meaning **a place
where the water moved in a circle;'' the place was finally iden-
tified as a portion of Lake St. Clair where the water is said to form
eddies or small circles. This suggests that the song may have come
from Walpole island, where many Canadian Chippewa make their
home, or from some other group of Chippewa in that vicinity. In
this case it is reasonable to assume that the ''long rapids" referred
to in no. 25 are the rapids at Sault Ste. Marie.

These songs are not fully transcribed, only the outline of the
melody being given. This takes no account of rhythm or note
values, but shows the melodic trend of the song more cleariy than
a full transcription. The songs contain frequent interpolations of
M hi hi hi; the syllables of the words are repeated; and in many
instances the songs resemble chants.

The musical material of many of these songs consist^ of the major
triad with the sixth added, yet the principal interval is the descending
minor third. The descent of the minor third characterizes the most
primitive music, and the five-toned scale characterizes music which
may be termed semideveloped. The major triad with the sixth
added is the five-toned scale lacking the second, and in songs nos. 28,
30, and 33 of the present series we find this tone present as a passing
tone, thus completing the tone material of the five-toned scale.

In all these songs, except no. 20, the feeling of the tonic chord
is very strong. The ending of no. 20, as written, suggests a transition
to the relative minor, but as sung it gives us the impression that the
song is suddenly left in midair. Yet the ending was conclusive,
followed by the customary ho ho ho ho. The accidentals in songs
nos. 26 and 27 were firmly given, but seem intended as an ornamenta-
tion rather than suggesting modulation.

No. 25 (Catalogue no. 16)

=P^

:ifei

WORDS

Keno^djiw&nfin^ At the long rapids

Nimadwe^'nadornKgo.. .\ t «^ ««n«^ ♦« «« ;»,
rp • u- /^' - / f I am called to go in

TciobmMigean'' J

Nikan^ftg , My Mide^ brethren

SONQ PICTURE liO. 2$,

64 BUREAU OF AMEKICAN ETHNOLOGY [eoij.. 46

No. 26 (CatBl<^e no. 17)

WORDS

Kiga'winanan'domigf^ We may call upon you tor

aasistance

Kik&n'i^ We, your Mide' brethren

Miziwe'mide'wQg AsBembled from every-

SoKo«ciuiteKo.26. where

No. 27 (Calal(«ue no. 18)

Daya'wfngumi'

Daona'gumi'

Daonun'gmni'

Geimdj i ma'mwefci yfin .

[Fr»

When the waters are
- calm and the ft^ rises,

I will now and then

appear

(Catalogue no. 19)

Mlde- lodge Bad the per-
son being Initiated are

Kigacob'flnde' You will pass throi^h

Endad' The dwelling of

Manido' The water spirit

Nik&n' My Mlde' brethren

DENS more]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

No. 29

(Catalogue no. 20)

WORDS

Babidiwe^'wedjiwan'' The sound of flowing waters

Enda'^yan Comes toward my home

When this is sung the members of the Mlde'-
wlwXn rise and dance during the remainder of
the series of songs, the change being indicated
by a line across the strip of birch bark, between
the song pictures.

No. 30

80NG PICTURE NO. 29. A

pointed tipi represents
the hom« of the Mlde'-
wlnl'nf. It is interest-
ing to note that the
wavy lines indicating the
pulsating sound reach
the body or heart of the
man, not his ears.

(Catalogue no. 21)

Song picture no. 30.
Reference to song no. 34
sho)iirs that the speaker is
a beaver. This drawing
reprints hisappearanoe
above the water; also one
of the "men of the deep."

WORDS

Kayenin^'moki^'yan . . When I appear
MamwekaMogowAg^. The men of the deep
Memegwa^'siwAg^ Will be cast up by seething waters

No. 31

(Catalogue no. 22)

WORDS

Memweka'Tt>ogow{ig'. . They are being cast up by seething

waters
Wabimi^glswiig'' The white Mide' shells

126920— Bull. 45—10^

SONO PICTURE NO. 31.

On the crest of the
waves appear the
ml'gls, or white
MIde' shells.

BUREAU or AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

No. 32

(Catalogue no. 23)

M ^ m

WORDS

Song PICTURE no. 32. The
circle represents a lake
from which two otters rise.

Dabima^mwekiw^g'.. Now and then there will arise

out of the waters

Nikan-'fig My Mide^ brethren

Nigigwfig^ The otters

No. 33

(Catalogue no. 24)

WORDS

Beba^'mamoyan'' I am gathering

Wananan^dawioylin'' . . That with which

Wawiya^tamiing^ I will treat myself

Geundina^mlin In the Lake of Eddying

Waters, I will obtain it

^^^

Song picture no. 34. A
beaver is seen rising
from the water.

Song picture no. 33. In his
hand the man holds some
substance gathered from the
lake, which is believed to
have medicinal properties.

No. 34 (Catalogue no. 25)

WORDS

Keget'' Verily

Nimanidon^ I am a spirit

Muki^'yan To be able to become visible

Nabe^'mikowiyan'' I that am a male beaver

SERIES 2 ANALYSIS

The second series consists of songs used at the
initiation of members in the Mlde'wXwXn. In songs
nos. 35, 38, and 40 the initiators speak; in nos. 36,
37, and 42 the person to be initiated speaks; and
nos. 39 and 41 appear to be the words of a manido'

densmobe]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

represented by or existent in the leading man's mediciiie pouch. The
mention of metal in nos. 37 arid 42, as well as the mention of the high
hill in no. 39, would indicate that the song had been used in a part
of the country where minerals and mountains were familiar to the
people.

These songs show somewhat better musical material than those in
the first series. Two of the songs are on the fourth five-toned scale,
five contain the tones of the major triad with the added sixth, thus
presenting the partially formed five-toned scale mentioned in the
analysis of the first series, while no. 36 contains only the tones of
the minor triad.

Song no. 39 of this series is of more than usual interest and is tran-
scribed in full.

No. 35 (Catalogue no. 26)

WORDS

Kigawa^amag You shall now behold

Mlde^widjig They of the Mide^

No. 36

SoNQ HCTX7KE NO. 35. This draw-
ing shows the Mlde'wlgan, the
medicine pole, the stone^ and the
assembled members of the MIde'-
wlwln. The candidate for initia-
tion sees and hears the ceremony
mentally before entering, the
lodge. Note the eyes and the ear
of the candidate.

(Catalogue no. 27)

Song pictube no.
3 6. The two
figures are ex-
actly alike, the
heart being
shown and the
straight lines
i ndicating
"strength.''
Thus the candi-
date assures him-
self that he will
receive all the
benefits enjoyed
by other mem-
bers of the Hi-
de' wlwln.

WORDS

Na Listen

Mlfeaye^'nin I shall also be blessed

Minawln^ And my life prolonged

finMayan'' Like

Mide^w&g Those of the Mide^

Endiw&d''. .' Whom I now behold

The candidate for initiation is assured of the bene-
fits which he will derive from the Mide'. This assur-
ance is often needed as the candidate regards the
initiation as a difiicult ordeal. He has a part which
must be properly performed, in which he has been
instructed by the initiators.

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

No. 37

(Catalogue no. 28)

Song picture
NO. 37. In this
drawing both
straight and
wavy lines
diverge from
the figure.
The wavy
lines are said
to indicate
"the song"
and the
straight lines
to Indicate
"strength."

WORDS

MKnawina'' Is it that

Ain^'nwey&n'' Which my voice resembles?

Biwa'Ti)Ikufi Even metal

Ain^'wey&n'' The sounding of my voice?

No. 38

(Catalogue no. 29)

WORDS

Anindi'' Where is

Abigwen'' The dwelling

Manido^ Of the greatest spirit?

Nikan^ My Mide^ brethren

Wabiinan^ In the east

Abigwen'' Is the dwelling

Manido'' , . Of the greatest spirit

Nikan'' My Mide' brethren

MIoma'' Here

Abigwen'' Is my dwelling

Manido^'wiysln^ I who am the greatest spirit

SONO PICTXTRE NO.

38. It was stated
that the horizon-
tal figure and
head represented
the East man-
ido' and that
the upright fig-
ure and head
represented the
South manldo'.

This record was played for Na'waji'bigo'kwe, a mem-
ber of the Mlde'wlwln, who drew the pictures for these
series of songs; she said that this is a new form of an old song, and
that the younger men of to-day are arrogant enough to use it, but
that the old and correct form of the song gives the last two words as
follows :

Cawamlfi'' Toward the east

Abigwen' Is his dwelling

densmobe]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

No. 39

(Catalogue no. 30)

Voice J . = 69
Recorded without drum

Wa-dji-wlfl ge en-da-nwe-wl - da - m& - &a wa-dji-wlfl-jyc en-da-

nwe-wl - da - mft - ftn wa - djl-wia ge en - da-nwe-wl- da - m& - &n

wa-dji-wifi ge eu-da-nwe-wl-da - m& - &n wa^jl-wlfi ^e en -da-

^^yOJ^j^li^

:B*-r

■jy-

nwoj-wl-da - m& - &n wa-dji-wlfi ge en-da-nwe-wl-da- m& - ftn

WORDS

Wadjlwlng^ From beneath the high

hill
En'^danwewldaralin'' My voice echoes forth

Dancing begins with this song and continues during
the remainder of the series.

Song picture no. 39.
In this drawing the
circle represents a
hill.

No. 40

(Catalogue no. 31)

^fe

^^— ^— ^^

Song picture no. 40. In this
drawing the circle represents
the earth; note the interrup-
tion of the circle at the lower
edge.

WORDS

Anawl'na |I will cause it to ap-

Nlmo^'klwlna^ J pear

Tlblckoka^mlg That which is beneath

the earth

NInK/ktolna' J *° ^'S***

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

No. 41

(Catalogue no. 32)

Song picture no. 41. In this
drawing the circle represents
the sky; note the interrup-
tion at the upper edge. Men-
tion of a bird occurs with spe-
cial frequency in songs of the
second, third, and fourth de-
grees.

•- •••.'. . I I

WORDS

Nlpc'nlyan' I am about to alight

TcIwa^amlyS.u'' That you may see me

TlbI(/koka''mIg Upon the level

ground

TcIwa^amlyaU'' That you may see me

Nlpo^'nlyi.u'' I am about to alight

Tclwa'l)amly&u'' That you may see me

No. 42

(Catalogue no. 33)

WORDS

Wabik^ The strength of metal

OwiblyS.n'' Has entered into my

arrow point

Manido'' A spirit

Ninda^'nisa'' I could kill

Wablk^ The strength of iron

Owiblyan'' Has entered into my

arrow point

Song picture no. 42. A bear
and an otter are represented
in this drawing.

SERIES 3 — ANALYSIS

The words of the third series are characterized by very strong
affirmation of the power and beauty of the Mide' religion. In this
series the affirmative used is manfdan, which is the customary word
among the Canadian Chippewa, the affirmation used by the Minnesota
Chippewa being Jceg^f, or geg^f. This suggests a Canadian origin for
the songs.

The translation of no. 50 was the subject of much discussion by the
interpreters and members of the Mide'wiwin, as the words contain
the idea of a year and also the idea of indefinite continuity. It may
be best explained as meaning that the power of the inspiration is
indefinite, but that it is expected that members will reassemble
at the end of a year for the purpose of strengthening and confirming
their faith.

dunsmobe]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

Musically, this series presents interesting material. The first two
:ongs are on the second five-toned scale.

The tonality of no. 45 is of unusual interest.

Songs nos. 46 and 47 show the octave complete except the seventh,
while nos. 48, 49, and 50 show the incomplete five-toned scale men-
tioned in the analysis of the first series. The principal interest
centers in the first three songs of the series.

No. 43

(Catalogue no. 34)

WORDS

Anawl^na Although

Manido'' He is a spirit

Nikan'^Clg My Mide'' brethren

Tcimaya^Inuii^ I will raise him up

No. 44

Song picture no. 43. The
MIde'wInl'nl holds In
his hand an otter, repre-
senting his MIde' bag.

(Catalogue no. 35)

SONQ PICTURE KO. 44.

In the center of the
MIde'wIgan are two
poles, suggesting that
two persons are to be
initiated. Above the
lodge is a star in the
circle of the sky.
(Compare drawings
of songs nos. 2 and
10.)

WORDS

[Free translation]

. , , I Beautiful as a star hanging in

NLwfad^V... !.........!. J ^^® ^^^^^ ^"^ MideModge

The words of this song are idiomatic and a trans-
lation was secured with difficulty. The song was
recorded at Leech Lake, where two interpreters
worked on it. Later the phonograph record was
played for Na'waji'bigo'kwe, at White Earth. She drew the song
picture and this translation was finally decided on as giving the
essential idea of the song.

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

No. 45

(Catalogue no. 36)

-p^

■k

SoNO PICTURE NO. 45. The
man holds In his hand a
mi'gls, or white MIde'
shell, its power being in-
dicated by the manldo'
rising from it.

WORDS

[Free translation]

Niwawa'^gawla I have gained such spirit-power

that I can tame it in my hand

ManMan It is true

Giblnan'' Even our white shell

Niwawa'gawia' I can tame it in my hand

No. 46

(Catalogue no. 37)

• 0-

WORDS

[Free translation]

Gi'clg

Wi^kanina^ . .
Manidowan''...

Nin^a

Wen^'dabiyin^.

The sky is clear where one
brother in the Mide'' is sitting

Song picture no. 46. The
several circles represent
the several skies which
are supposed to exist, one
above another. In one of
these the MIde' brother is
. p seen to be sitting, while

beside him are the moon
and the stars.

If the day is fair it is considered that the person to be initiated
will be especially blessed; stormy weather is considered an unfavorable
omen. The song does not express a desire or hope for fair weather
but aflBirms it as a fact. Compare song no. 70.

Dancing begins with this song and continues during the remainder
of the series.

DEN9AIOBE]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

No. 47

(Catalogue no. 38)

^m.

lijfe^

WORDS
(Addressed to a sick person whose infirmity makes it impossible for him to walk)

Anl''ya,nktin^ ..

Nin^'na

Man'^dan

Bimose^Inan^
Gibinan''

[Free translation]

You will recover; you will walk again.
It is I who say it; my power is great
Through our white shell I will enable
you to walk again

No. 48

ScfSQ PICTURE NO. 47.

The lines on the
man's limbs indi-
cate the"strength"
which he is to re-
ceive through the
MIde', enabling
him to walk. (Com-
pare drawing of
song no. 19, in
which the straight
lines are on the
body, the desired
strength here be-
ing of a more gen-
eral nature.)

(Catalogue no. 39)

SONQ nCTXTBE NO. 48.

In this as in no. 49
wavy lines are used
to represent speech .

WORDS

Gego''. 1

f . ," , , [^ Do not speak ill of the Mlde'

Inota'^waken' J ^

Niki.n'' My Mide'' brethren

f , / \. y r Be sure to heed my words

Inota'^nlscin ) "^

Nik^'' My Mlde^ brethren

Analysis. — The descending minor third is the principal interval in
this song. The tonality is major and the melody follows the tones
of the major triad, the sixth being added in the latter portion of the
song. In common musical terms the song would be said to be in
the key of F, yet the tonic does not appear until the middle of the
song. Comparison will show this to be a marked peculiarity of
Chippewa songs. The progression F-D-F does not occur frequently
in the songs analyzed.

74 BUREAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

No. 49 (Catalogue no. 40)

Nikln' My MIde' brethren

Nlngotcl' Wherever you may be

Ikwe'wfiil Do not speak ill of a woman

Nikan' My MIde' brethren

WORDS

TcI'gtglwa'baBOgwen'. . . We may live by it always

NikJm' My MIde' brethren

Manido'wan It ia spiritual

Nin'eaewin' The inspiration wereoeive

SERIES 4 — ANALYSIS

The fourth series is composed of songs which
are aung after a man has been initiated and has

been given a medicine bag corresponding to hand the aide' wrni'nihoiaa
the degree he has taken. ° e at .

Song no. 54 contains a reference to the water spirit.

De'bwawSn'dtlnk stated that song no. 58 refers to a yellow bear,
whose shaggy fur resembles feathers. As already stated, the bear is
closely connected with the Mide'

No. 59 refers to the fact that the white shells used in initiating
members into the Mide'wiwin are supposed to penetrate the skin,
aJid it is the duty of the initiators, having "shot" these shells, to
remove them. The work of these shells is a cleansing work, and' if
any of them remain in the body it is supposed that the cleansing is
incomplete and the person suffers correspondingly. These shells
issue from the mouth of the person being initiated.

DENSMORE] CHIPPEWA MUSIC 75

In the instance of this song one of the shells was difficult to remove
and was found to be in the heart of the person under initiation. As
an example of this, a woman stated to the writer that her arm had
been lame ever since she was initiated into the Mide'wXwIn. She
said that her husband asked her if she was sure that the initiators
removed all the shell or "medicine'' and stated that if any remained
it might produce this lameness, which had continued about thirty
years.

The words of no. 60 refer, of course, to a manido'.

These songs are in a different style from the three preceding series,
yet it is impossible to indicate this in the melody outline, the pro-
gressions being about the same. Most of the songs in this series are
chanted in a very dignified and impressive manner, producing a pecu-
liar effect, quite different from that produced by the same tone
material in the form of the more rhythmic songs.

No. 51 presents the minor triad with minor seventh added. This
combination of tones is fully considered elsewhere in this paper (see
p. 130).

No. 52 contains the major triad with the second added, a somewhat
unusual feature.

Nos.53 and 54, one in the major and the other in the minor, show
the octave complete except the seventh.

No. 55 is on the fourth five-toned scale, and nos. 56 and 57 are on
the second five-toned scale, lacking one tone.

No. 58 is an interesting study of tonality. The ending was given
firmly and the melody is particularly effective.^

Nos. 59 and 60 consist of the tones of the fourth five-toned scale
with the second lowered, the first song being minor and the second
major in tonality.

No. 51 (Catalogue no. 42)

^^m '-J^^-* ' JL^' • • ' H

WORDS

Umbe' Come

Nagfimoda'' Let us sing

Umbe^8ano''ecigabo''ida Come, we are now ,sono picture no. 61. In this

standing before drawing are shown the MIde'-

you, bending down ^^«»°' *^« P^^®' *^« «*^°«' ^^«

xT-i 4 / \ir yrltj^v. X oc'kabe'wls at the entrance,

Nik&n' My Mlde^ brethren the leader of the ceremony, and

Kibima-'dlziwinMotaman'' We ask long life for the candidate for initiation. As

you this series of songs is used for

Misanin^ingegigabo^iy^^ That is what I my- l?l**f 1°'' ^\^^^ f^^^ «'

® ° ° "^ . f * ^^^^ degrees, the leader has an

self am seeking for assistant who is seated between

you him and the novitiate.

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

No. 52

(Catalogue no. 43)

bCNb PICTUEE NO. 52. The
inan holds his weasel-
skin medicine blig.

WORDS

Ewina'' Here it is

Hawina^ Here it is

A^cigosi^wayan' The weasel skin (medi-
cine bag)

Geda^'bimiin'' Through it I shoot the

white shells

No. 53

(Catalogue no. 44)

WORDS

Ni^awiy&n'' Here I stand

Na Behold

Boske^'asin'' A stone is filled

Ma^'nidowld'' With spirit power

Nibanin^ With it I shoot

No. 64

SONQ PICTUEE NO. 53. A

Stone. is at the point of
the man's arrow.

(Catalogue no. 45)

Song picture no. 54. The mi'gis
is shown in the circle of the sea.

WORDS

In the middle of the sea

. The lengthy room of the
sea
Andana^biyan'' There I am sitting

Nawigitci'^gami Ve .
Genodog'gi tcigdmi'' .

No. 55

(Catalogue no. 46)

WORDS

Waka-'oseyaln^ Walking around

MideVatlgun^ The Mide^ pole

Manine''am3,n'' Coming upon it stealthily

Miy(lwen''tciaya8osey&n''. I make a noise as I fall,

leaning
Niganoseyan'' When I lead them all

SoNO PICTURE NO. 55. Compare
song drawings nos. 2 and 10.

dei^smobe]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

In this song the singer represents himself to be a bear, walking
around the Mlde' pole and trying to strike it. (Compare fig. 6, p.
42.)

No. 56 (Catalogue no. 47)

WORDS

Ninbeba^'miseyan'' I that hasten around

Nabos^dinKniwejiiid'' I shoot at a man and he falls

in a trance

NigagweMlna^ Then I feel with my hand

Ninbeba^miseyan' To see if he is still alive

No. 57

Song picture kg. 56.
A w jivy 1 toe connects
the bird and the sky-
cirele. The double
line before this draw-
ing divides the series
into two parts, as
written on the birch-
bark strip. The peo-
ple dance durmg the
succeedtog songs.

(Catalogue no. 48)

WORDS

Anima'^kizine'' Going with footwear on his feet

This song is said to be about a bear's paw.

Sgng picture no 57.

No. 58

(Catalogue no. 49)

WORDS

Wa^'cine'^biyan'' I who live in a cave

Kimico^misinan^ Our grandfather

Onika^'sa Arms he has ^

Omi^gw&nun^ With feathers

Wa^'shifie^'biyan^ I who live in a cave

Song picturf no. 58.
The ' ' feathered arms"
are shown in the
drawing.

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

No. 59

(Catalogue no. 5D)

m l^b * ^ i?b p m bb ^-r-y

WORDS

Nik^iin'' My Mide^ brother

NaMonamawIn'' Is searched

Odein'' In his heart is found

Mi'^konamawa' That which I seek to remove

Migisiin'' A white shell

SONO PICTURE NO. 59. The
mi'^s is shown in the heart
oftheMIde'.

■^m^

. No. 60

(Catalogue no. 51)

J2fg5

WORDS

Cingus'' Weasel

NanMomiyan'' Thou art calling me

Song picture no. 60. In
his hand the man holds
a weasel , representing his
MIde' bag.

There is a large number of songs which may be used during the
initiation of a member of the Mide'winln. Each of the old men
accustomed to lead the ceremony has his favorite songs and brings
with him the birch-bark rolls on which the songs are written. Before
each ceremony these rolls are examined and the songs discussed by
the initiators but the selection is usually left to the leader.

The three following songs are not parts of series but are detached
songs belonging to the portion of the ceremony in which the candidate
is ''shof by the initiators.

DB N SHORE }*

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

No. 61. Initiation Song

Sung by A^Gwrrt^^wioi^clG (''skipping a day")

(Catalogue no. 69)

VoicB J = 96
Recorded without drum

f f f

££f D ll ir- rjf L'^ i

Gi - a-wiilnin-da- sa ya ha nin da gi - a-wiilnin-da-

^-^t /MJ^^f j ^ ^^ Tfj^ r rii?^^ ^

sa, ya Jia nin da gi - a-wlilnin-da-sa ya ha

t4=

a a a

ffl ^ •!

£=£

ina-ni-do-wld nin-da -sa ya ha nin da gi - a - wifl nin-da -

^ ri^i 1 h-ri-z^i r=1-T nn 1 X

g ^^TTtti^^^r f r ^ i r' r fWJ'^

sa ^a Aa nin da gi - a-w!fi nin-da - sa yalui nin da

WORDS

Gi^awifi'' Into thy body

Nindasa^ I shoot

Manidowld'' The spirit

»
This song is sung while the initiators march around the Mide'

lodge, the man to be initiated being seated beside the medicine pole.

Analysis. — ^A particularly pleasing melody is shown in this song.
The principal tones are those of the major triad, the second and
fourth being used as passing tones. With the exception of the last
measure of each phrase the rhythm is a triple rhythm throughout
the song.

The following narrative concerning the Mide' shells was given to
the writer by Mr. Charles Moulton, a member of the Otter Tail band
of Chippewa. Mr. Moulton stated that several years ago in the fall
he shot two ducks. In one of them his wife found two small white
shells of the variety used in the Mide', commonly known as Mide'
shells. His wife is a granddaughter of De'dadj, the leading Mlde'-
wlnf nl of the Otter Tail band, and from her childhood has heard the
traditions of the Mide Vlwln. She knew that these shells are rarely
found in ducks and that to find two in the same duck was ''very great
medicine.'' Accordingly she showed the shells to De'dadj, who said,
"Put the shells into a box, wrap the box tightly in a cloth, do not
open it for a year, and at the end of that time you will find four

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

shells in the box mstead of two/' She followed his 'instructions.
The box. was placed at the bottom of a trunk and not disturbed for
a year. It was then opened and was found to contain two small
shells in addition to the two originally placed there. It was im-
possible that De'dadj could have put them into the box, as he was
almost blind at the time and furthermore did not know where it was
hidden.

Mr. Moulton stated that a member of the MideVlwIn would have
kept these four shells very carefully, secured small particles of them
by rubbing them on a piece of iron and placed these fragments in
water as a medicinal drink for the sick.

No. 62. iNrriATiON Song

(Catalogue no. 70)

Sung by A^'GwiTty^wioi^cJo

Voice J = 76
Recorded without drum

afe

Ni - ml - de - wa - yan

ni - ml - de - wa - yan

isf^i

^ ^ r h m ^

e ni-ml-de-wa-yan e ni-ml-de-wa-yan e ni-mi-de-wa-yan

iSg^

-^ — i — S ^ — i*-

■ic<-

ni - ml - de - wa - yan e ni - ml - de - wa - yan e

WORDS

Ni-'mlde'^wayan'' My MIde'' bag

During this song the person to be initiated is ''shot''
by the initiators.

Analysis. — The tonality of this song is obscure. It is
Song picture transcribed exactly as sung, the different renditions being
NO. 62. In his identical, yet the key is not definitely established, neither
h^\h^e^u ^^® modulations indicated with sufficient clearness to be
mai which rep. safely assumcd. The steadily descending progression
Mide'^b^ ^*^ here found is interesting and the melody itself is imusu-
ally attractive.

DENS more]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

No. 63. Initiation Song

Sung by Main'Ans

Voice J = 168
Drum J =176
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. 8)

(Catalogue no. 254)

-P- -9' -W~ "p^

1^=31

T r Tf

Ba - do-gwgn e gi - bi - nan e ba - do-gw6n e gi - bi -

nan

""fLj'ir ^-^

ba - do-gw6n e gi - bi -nan e ba - do-gw6u c gi - bi - nan

£>^,) J mr^zuiiiJ..j! i isfj:i

t=p:

ba-do-gw6n e gi,- bi-nan c hXn de-mu-sa gUn

^ ^ I L- l I l ' " ^ ' ^

■fit.

-t9-

e gi-wi-ne - wa ba - do-gw6n e gi-bi-nan e ba-do-gw6n

^; r. n-4

gi - bi-nan

ba - do-gw6n t gi - bi - nan

WORDS

Badogw6n^ It never fails

Gibinan^ The shell

Demusa'' Goes toward them

Gi^winewa^ And they fall

SONGHCTURKNO.

63. This draw-
ing represents a
mi'gls.

This song is sung during the ''shooting'' of the can-
didate for initiation. The song is unusual in that the first descent
of the voice is the interval of a fourth. The melody follows closely
the minor chord, all other tones being readily identified as passing
tones.

No. 64. Initiation Song

Sung by Ki'^tcimak'^wa

(Catalogue no. 67)

Fair weather is symbohc of health and happiness. Thus the words
of this song predict health and happiness for the person to be
initiated.

Analysis. — ^An unusual number of vowel syllables are used to fill out
the measures of this song. Longer than most Mlde' songs, its spe-
cial musical interest is the manner in which quadruple measures are
introduced into a triple rhythm.

12692°— Bull. 45—10 6

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

Voice J =80
Recorded without dram

t=^

fe£^

is.

We-go-n6n i wi ne e e wa-ya- Ac - Ac- Ae- da- mo - non ka ha

'¥=W-

t=t

ha ka hxi we-go- nfin i we Tie e Jie we - a - wi - Ai - At - da - mo -

^%^

f^r rt i ^Tiftr-Q^II^-H^

-41 — r

uoii Aa Aa

hxi ha ha we-go-nSn i we

de e e

e wa-ya-

^C f f \ \ ^ T=f

t^f^

we - Ae - e-da-mo - na Aa Aa Aa Aa Aa man-da-gi -cig wi

^^f=F-

■f— (»

■/«-

t=t

Ut Hi r -r-fiii

(SL.

he he dji-wa-we - Ac -Ac- na-go - deg Ac Ac
— ^— ^

Ac Ac

^i=p:

t=t

he dji-we-n6n - i - go - deg Ae Ac wa - ya - wi - At - en - da- mo -

^f=p=

non a he

he we-go-n6u i wi ne e

m^^^

^cza:

|S2-

P=?:

F-f4f-H

c wa- ya - we - Ac - Ac - da - mo - nou ha ha ha ha ha ne

WORDS

Wegonn^'' What is this

Wayawlndamonon'' I promise you?

Mandagi^'clg The skies shall be bright and clear

for you
Djiwawe'nagodeg^ This is what I promise you

Songs to Insure Success

During the dance which follows an initiation cere-
mony it is customary for the members of the Mlde'-
wlwln to sing the songs of their special medicines. It
is said that a man whose hunting medicine is particu-
larly strong may rise and dance and sing his himting-

SONG PICTURE NO. 64.

The wavy line repre-
sents the song
which, rising to the
sky, will make it
bright and clear.
(Compare drawing
of song no. 56.)

DBNSMORE]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

charm songs and that he may be joined by any other persons whose
special medicine pertains to the hunt and who know the same songs.

The following set of five hunting songs were sung by Be'clgwi'-
wizans (''striped boy'') and are of this character. They, were sung
by their possessor before starting on a hunting expedition.

The first, second, and third songs assert the ability of the Mlde'-
¥?;In]['nI to control the wild creatures of the woods; the fourth and
fifth songs are concerned with the means which are employed.

No. 65. Hunting Song (a)

Sung by Be-'cJgwi'' wizans

VoiCB J =152
Kecorded without drum

(Catalogue no. 56)

tJT U

I ^ P i vi

Me - gwH-yak ka nin- don - dji -

-^ b i r

tJ'-r tj*f f

bi - na

?ia

1^=^

^ ^^

me-gwii-yak ka nin-don-dji - bi - na gi - ga-gi - kwa- wi-ni - nftfl

• ^^^^T '

P=p:

■^

■i9-

me-gwii-yak }ca nin-don-dji-bi

^ P P

me-gwii-yak }ca nIn-don-dji - bi -

122-= ft.

^ f" f f r I '

na Ae na ^a me-gwti-yak ka nIn-don-dji - bi - na ha. na

-£d^

r 1 10 r i f

me - gwii- yak ka nIn - don - dji - bi

na gi - ga - gi -

9^- P f

ifiii

# — ^

Inra - wi-ni - n&fl me-gwii-yak ka nin-don - dji

- bi -

me-gwd-yak ka nIn-don-dji - bi - na he na ya

WORDS

Megwfiyak^ Out of the woods

NlndonMjibi^na We will bring

Gigagikwa^wininan^ Even as we are telling you

Analysis. — Attention is called to the varied measure
lengths and rapid metric unit in this song. It is also

Song picture no.
65. The animal is
seen approaching
the hunter.

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

interesting to note that the F flat and succeeding F natural were
accurately given.

No. 66. Hunting Song (6) (Catalogue no. 57)

Sung by Be''c!gwi'wizan8

Voice Jr=176
Recorded without drum

&£

^!a-

mzumnm

-<9-

1 ^ J \ \i J J II

■fc^

t=f

atzi:

*^^

^ii

±i

WORDS

Song picture no. 66.
Above the singer are
seen his war club and
the resounding sky.

Ninba-'gaako^kwan . My war club

Gi^'cigun Resounds through the sky

DeeMagwe^wesIn''.. To summon the animals to my

call

Analysis. — The words of this song were too indis-
tinct for traiiscri]f)tion. This is an instance in
which the entire song constitutes a rhythmic unit.
Each tone in the first measure was given with equal
accent, the tempo throughout being unusually well
marked. The major third is the largest interval
occurring in this song.

No. 67. Hunting Song (c)

Sung by Be'cIqwi^'wizans

Voice J— 176
Recorded without drum

(Catalogue no. 58)

Um-be sa ta - di-da ci - ci

gwe ta - di

da we gin-

feSE^

iS>—

1=F

a - ta - gi - ma - ni - do

wa a hi

ha no,

WORDS

Umbe'' Come

Sa Behold

Ata^dida'' Let us have a contest

Cici''gwe O rattlesnake

Gina'^tagimanido'' . . Most subtle of reptiles

Cici''gwe O rattlesnake

Song picture no. 67.

DBNSMOBB]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

This song is addressed to the rattlesnake as being the most dreaded
and subtle of reptiles, which always succeeds in whatever it under-
takes. The idea of the song is that the MIde' has enabled the man
to compete successfully with even the wiliest of creatures.

Analysis, — The rhythm of this song is as subtle as the subject.
Attention is directed to the melodic and rhythmic effect in the fifth
and sixth measures. The minor third is the largest interval occurring
in the song.

No. 68. Hunting Song (d) (Catalogue no. 59)

Sung by BE^'ciowi^wiZANS

VoiCB J =192
Becorded without drum

x=t

f II P r LT

A-ya - dja-k(im-Ig e mo-ki-yan

a-ya - dja-kiim-Ig

w>^r riiirr ii ^

ki-yin

hi jail - we - ci-wa-ySn a i jail-

we - ci-wa-yftn a t jail

we - ci - wa-yftn a i e

WORDS

AyaMjawak<im''ig From all parts of the earth

Mokiy&n'' I make my appearance

Janwe^ciwayan^ Clothed with the skin of the

marten

The singer stated that the words of this song
refer to a Mide' bag made ,of the skin of a marten,
which *'has power to drive together the animals
from all parts of the earth." It will be remem-
bered that the manido' mentioned in the account
of the origin of the Mide' (p. 23) carried living
otters in their hands. Song no. 13 (p. 47) speaks
of a sound as coming from the Mide' bag, and song
no. 60 (p. 78) contains the words, ''Weasel, thou art calling me,'' the
song referring to the Mide' bag carried by a member of the first
degree in the Mlde'wlwln. In song no. 81 (p. 105!^ a medicine bag
made of the skin of an owl is represented as speaking. A comparison
of these songs is of interest.

Analysis. — ^This is one of the few songs in which the first progres-
sion is an upward progression. Rhythm constitutes an important
feature of these hunting songs, yet the rhythm of each is distinct
and peculiar.

Song pictubk no. 68. " All
parts of the earth " are rep-
resented by twoT circles,
between which is seen the
form of the marten.

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

No. 69. Hunting Song (e) (Catalogue no. 60)

Sung by Be'cIgwi^wizans

Voice J =168
Recorded without drum

^i±

<2 0.

-^-

A-nun-gufl we lie

na a ni gwe he

a-nun-gu£l

r^iii:

-^-

§1

toe he

na a ni gwe he

a-nun-gu£l

^'-irt-M-

-GL.

-(SL.

^2-

a ni gwe he a - we - sin ha-na-ba - m!g he na

a ni gwe he

a-nun-gufi

a ni gwe he

WORDS

Anun^gun Like a star

Nlndina^amlg I shine

Awesin^ The animal, gazing, is fascinated

by my light
Song picture no. 69. The

corre^ondence between The Writer was informed that the use of a hght

the man and the star is., .. i > ^ . ^ ijitt

indicated by a straight ^^ hunting at night was known by the Indians
"°^ before the coining of the white man.

Analysis, — This song shows a distinct rhythmic unit of four
measures. This unit occurs three times at the opening of the song,
is followed by five measures in a different rhythm, after which the
rhythmic unit is used in closing the song. Such regularity of musical
form is seldom found in these songs." It is also unusual for rests to
occur, even the repetitions usually being given with no appreciable
pause.

There appears to be no limit to the number of times a song is sung
and the continued repetition has a rhythmic swing of its own. At a
social dance the drum gives a signal indicating that the song will be
sung only once more. This is understood by the dancers, but is
scarcely noticed by an outsider. The time for this signal is deter-
mined by the man at the drum, who started the song.

a Songs recently secured show greater regularity.

Dfll/SMORB]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

No. 70. Song for Securing a Good Supply of (Catalogue no. 64)

Maple Sugar

Sung by Ki^'tcimak-'wa

Voice Jr=72
Recorded without drum

yf t^ l |,:irLJ_C^- | |H r W f r^tfl

Wl-djI-ga-wi-ni

6 wl-djl-ga-wi-ni-

na- hahln-dt-yan

e wl-dji-ga-wi-ni - na - ha hin-di - yan -

e wl-dj!-ga-wi-ni - na - ha hin-dl-yan

e wl-dji-ga-wi-ni -

na - ha hln-dl - yan

e m!-tt-ga wi-ni - na - ha hin-dl-yan-

Pbk8

^m=t

Ct.

^Sj4is r iJ r-W

e gi -gi-gog wi-ni - na - ha hin-dl - yan

e wl-djt - ga - wi - ni-

^i s^^j J n=i

:2:

^s^

na - ha Mn-dl-yan - e wl-dji-ga- wi-ni - na- ha hin-dl-yan-e

WORDS

WldjIga^wiwina'Tia _ (Obsolete)

HlnMIyane^ (Obsolete)

Mltlgon^ From the trees

Gion^gigog^ The sap is freely flowing

The making of maple sugar constituted a pleasant
industry among the Chippewa. From their scattered
abodes they assembled at the sugar camp in the spring. ®ong kcture no.
The events of the winter were fully discussed, and gen- tL the'V^S
eral sociability marked the gathering. Maple sugar is s^«° flowing into
a favorite luxury and is prepared in various attractive roote'of the l^
forms. An abundant supply is greatly desired, and *^« shown in
this song is supposed to secure it. *^^ drawing.

The words furnish an example of the affirmation which strongly
characterizes the Mide' songs. There is no request; the song simply

88 BUREAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

asserts that the sap is flowing freely, thus presenting to the mind a
vivid picture of the conditions which would produce the desired
supplx of maple sugar.

Analysis, — This song shows a characteristic tendency to lower
slightly the pitch on the second of two similar tones. Throughout the
song a double measure is followed by a triple measure. Each rhythm
was given distinctly and for that reason it was not deemed advisable
to combine two measures in one 5-4 measure. The principal words
are mispronounced, as frequently occurs in the Chippewa songs.

LovE-CHARM Songs

Sung by Na^'waji^biqo^kwe

The love charm is a very popular form of magic among the Chip-
pewa. Of the following set of four love-charm songs no. 72 was first
sung for the writer by a woman on the Red Lake reservation, the
circumstances being as follows: The writer was engaged in the col-
lection of folk-tales and persuaded this woman to tell a story. She
consented with reluctance as it was the summer season and she said
that snakes would certainly bite her at night if she told stories in the
sunmier. After writing down a story the writer asked her to tell
something about the Mide'wiwin and to sing one of its songs. This
request was received with still greater reluctance. The woman
finally consented to sing one song in some secluded place where she
was sure no one could hear her. When asked what the song would
be she replied that it was a love-charm song. She was a woman
about sixty years of age and was the most dirty and unattractive
woman with whom the writer has come in contact. In a thin, nasal
tone she sang the song, which was noted down by ear, no phonograph
being available. With coy shyness she said the song meant that she
was as beautiful as the roses. She also drew a crude picture of the
song. Later this picture was shown to Na'waji'bigo'kwe at White
Earth. She recognized the picture at once and sang the song into
the phonograph. When the transcription of this record was com-
pared with the memorandum made at Red Lake the identity of the
song was readily discerned. The singer at Red Lake promised to
come back and sing other songs the next day, but some friends who
knew that she had sung a Mide' song threatened her with 'calamity
and she did not return. The singer at White Earth said that this
is the first of a set of four songs. All were recorded by Na'waji'-
bigo'kwe, but the first is the most interesting of the set; only the
words of the others therefore are given.

Analysis. — One measure constitutes the rhythmic imit in this
song, being repeated with absolute regularity. Attention is directed

dsnsmore]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

to the range of voice. The singer was a woman, but her voice was
in the tenor register. This was found to be the case with the voices
of other women who sang the Mide' songs, being due, perhaps, to
the fact that they were accustomed to singing with the men and
adopted a unison tone.

No. 71 (a)

(Catalogue no. 73)

Voice Jrr88
Recorded without drum

£.

4=-

.• •

E±

A - ni - na - ji -

m m m •• "ff" 1

a -

a - ni -

m p

na - ji - a -

cfc* h 1 r ^j

(^ P r 1

}*\ "1 ^

^^J

-^ b ^— ■— '

■■■■■■M

u^^_^^

a - m - na

ji - a - ne a - m - na

^1 - a - ne

c^ : jy • — # — •--=-= — • — # — " r m — • — -• •• g f •

gy I I — I ^zqr — r~ =t==t= — g — i — u

a - m - na

ji - a - ne a - ni - na

fc^

.• •

ji - a - ne

^i^

■^r

95fe

a -- ni - na

]i -

• •

ne o - gi - ni

ba- ufi e

a - ji - na - go - o - ySn a - ni - na

f < .

ji - a - ne

=9^

a - ni - na

ji - a - ne a - ni - na

ji - a - ne

^sm

^yt

a - ni - na

ji - a - ne a - ni - na

ji - a - ne

WORDS

A^ninajun'' What are you saying to me?

Oglni'lDagun'' I am arrayed like the roses

Ajina^gooyan^ And beautiful as they

Song picture no. 71.
The heart of the fig-
ure is shown. (For
drawing of roses,
compare song no. 99.)

BTTBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

Song picture no. 72.
The lines diverging
from the figoroof the
man were said to
represent "feeling."
(Compare drawing of
song no. 103.)

No. 72 (ft)

(Catalogue no. 74)

WORDS

Niwawin^gawia^ I can charm the man

finl^nlwa^ He is completely fascinated

by me

Ninda^agagia^

I^enl^ni

Namundj^.j..
fin'^dogwSn''..
Wi''agudji{ig^

No. 73 (c)

WORDS

[Free translation]
I can make that man bashful. I
wonder what can be the matter
that he is so bashful

(Catalogue no. 75)

Song picture no. 73.

No. 74 (d)

(Catalogue no. 76)

WORDS

Mi^'sawe^kdmlg^ In the center of the earth

A''yagwen^ Wherever he may be

Ana^makln'^ Or under the earth

StDNG PICTURE NO. 74.

densmobe]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

No. 75. Love-charm Song

(Catalogue no. 52)

Sung by MANiDO''GiciGO''KWE (** spirit day woman ")

Voice J =72.
Recorded without drum

: ^' ^ ' n\r f t f-r

rr^.

-J. VV V

-^-^-^'i ' j: j

:* :*

The singer of this and the following song is a
woman whose perspnality is unique and interest-
ing."

Analysis. — It is impossible to indicate by any
notation the peculiar nuances of this singer. A
sUght prolonging of certain tones gives the songs
a fascinating effect, heightened by a slight glis-
sando. The songs are also sung with the nasal
quality affected by the Chippewa when singing
love songs.

Attention is directed to the fact that this, like many other Chippewa
love songs, has a slow metric unit.

a A description of this singer is given in connection with song no. 133. See also pi. 11.

Song picture no. 75. The
power of the love charm is
shown by the manner in
which the woman attracts
the man, who appears
rather reluctant.

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

No. 76. Love-charm Song

Sung by Manido^gic!go^kwb

Voice J =84
Recorded without drum

(Catalogue no. 53)

itr

i-j J j|j j-i:^

i=t-

i ptt^' J J ^ r^

Songs Connected with the Cure of the Sick

The treatment of the sick is conducted by the older members of
the Mlde'wiwln, special songs being sung in connection with the
use of medicinal herbs. This treatment is frequently given in con-
junction with an initiation ceremony, the person being initiated in
order to cure him of his bodily illness. Reference is made to song
no. 47 (p. 73), the words of which are more characteristic of the
Mide' than the words of the songs which follow under this heading
and which are connected with personal incidents. In song no. 47
the power of the Mide' to cure the sick is affirmed and emphasized,
it being further stated that the white shell is the means used to that
end. This element of affirmation is very strong in the Mide' and to
it may largely be attributed the power of the Mide' over the minds
of the Chippewa.

Mi'jakiya'clg C clearing sky"); an aged woman who is a member
of the MXde'wXwin, sang the two following songs associated with
her personal experience."

We'nabo'jo and his grandmother are the principal characters in
Chippewa folklore. We'nabo'jo is also connected with the MXde',
though the connection is not clearly defined.

a Ml'jakiya'clg stated that she was very ill when she was a young woman. Her parents prepared a
feast and sent for a MIde'wInl'nI. After partaking of the feast the Mlde'wlnllil "spoke to the manido',"
saying that she wished to have her life prolonged by means of the MIde'. He then smoked the tobacco
which her father had provided. A few days later a larger feast was held and many members of the Mlde'-
wlwln were invited. After all had smoked, the first MIde'wInl'nl told them her desire; then he sang these
two songs, the people dancing as he sang. Mi'jakiya'clg stated further that her health was entirely
restored.

densmqbg]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

No. 77. Healing Song

(Catalogue no. 78)

Sung by Mi^'jakiya'^cIg

Voice J =104
Recorded without drum

fel^

r^^ - m

• ■ *

We - on - dl - kwe - bi - wtig e W6 - na - bo - jo i no

W ~J f—

•-; #-^

i. J -r J. i' =^

o - kuo - mis - tin ni ne

na we - on - dl -

: Xr~T'

?^^

4- J 4

kwe - bi - w^g e we - on - dl - kwe - bi - wiig

WORDS

Wc'ondikwc'biwtig' They are in close consultation

with their heads together

WCnabo^jo We^nabo^jo

Okwomistim'' And his grandmother

Analysis. — Two strongly ascending progressions at
the first of this song mark it as different from the ma-
jority of Mide' songs. The dotted quarter at the begin-

SONQ PICTURE NO.

ning of each measure forms the foundation of a simple 77. we'nabo'jo
rhythmic unit whicl
throughout the song.

rhythmic unit which is repeated with little change ^^ ^ ^^^^

mother are shown
in this drawing.

■

No. 78. Healing Song

Sung by Mi''jakiya''cIg

(Catalogue no. 79)

Voice J = 100
Recorded without drum

P33_j I J . ; J i ^TrTTrn

■25^

Ni-ma-ni-do- wi - Da - wa ni-k&n-% i hi e ni-ma-ni

« n ly --» — W

^=^^7T^* ^^ W ^ m^ =Pn

do - wi - na - wa ni -k&n -tig i hi e ni- ma -ni

do - wi - ta -

n r t f j Lf ii i^±=^-^ar^3 i^

wa ni-kan-tlg i hi

e ni - ma - ni - do ni - k&n - dg

BUBEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BDLL. 45

WORDS

Nimanid(/winawa'' I see a spirit likeness

NiklLn'' In my Mlde^ brother

Nimanido^witawa'' He speaks with spirit power

Nik&n^ My Mlde^ brother

Analysis, — The rhythmic unit of this song occurs four times and
is readily discerned. Attention is directed to the range and tenor
register of this song, which was sung by an old woman. The voice
was harsh in quality, but fairly accurate in intonation.

No. 79. Healing Song

Sung by O^DfiNi^G^N

(Catalogue no. 71)

VOICB J =116

Drum J—U6

( Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1 )

m}f u : r i i -t' ' ^ Cj- [;

P' P P

t=t

-I-

T^^rLTT

tf-fj 4t fJl^= ttSf

0*1 f ^ L! i ii ! =i^4; CJ i fv^

A - di- zo - ka- niig a - di - zo - ka- n% o he o he

9-t Lr cj T rriftri'

^r-nr^

nin - do - ta - wi - o - ge - dji - ga - gi - gi - do-yan

■# ^^

"^^ji^

:;iiir ui!h \

m t j H' ii!i r IS is m f u

m-[^ rrr^[ r r r ml; f ; r ^ m

i=t

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

DBNSMOBB] CHIPPEWA MUSIC 95

WORDS

*A''dizoka''niig In a dream

Nlnan^dotagog^

Djigagi'gidoyan'

>I was instructed to do this

Narrative. — ^The singer gave the following history of this song:
Many years ago there lived at Gull Lake a man named Niogi^'clg ("four days'*).
This man had lain for a long time upon a bed of suffering and there seemed no help
for him. At last he decided to send tobacco to the Mide'' men and see if they could
help him. They made him a drum and he played on it and sang this song, which
he composed himself. The words mean, "It was told me in my dream that I should
do this and I would recover."

Analysis, — The rhythm of this song is peculiarly energizing, and
when once established would undoubtedly have a beneficial physical
eflFect. The surprising feature of this case, however, is that the song
is said to have been composed and the rhythm created by the sick
man himself.

A repetition of this song was secured from the same singer after a
lapse of several months. The second rendition was identical with
the first, beginning on the same tone and showing faulty intonation
on the same tones.

•

No. 80. Healing Song (Caulogue no. 14)

Sung by Ge^'miwOnac'o

From the musical and the dramatic standpoint this is one of the
finest songs in the entire collection. It is a song which would be
simg when a member of the Mide'wiwin was dying — when death was
expected at any moment. The music in the lodge at the time of
Flat Mouth's death was similar to that here given. It represents a
type of song which members of the Mide'wiwin are especially
reluctant to sing.

Analysis, — A peculiar quaUty of sadness and pleading is foimd in
this song, a quality heightened by the upward progression at the
opening of the song and the frequent use of the flatted second. This
accidental was always given accurately. Attention is directed to the
descent of a perfect fifth, followed by the descent of a perfect fourth,
at the close of the*song.

a An aged man, one of the most eminent MIde'wInl'nl in northern Minnesota. (PI. 9.) His name was
known on all the reservations and he was held in the same high esteem everywhere. He was in charge
of the MIde' ceremonies which were held during the last hours of Niganlblnes' (see p. 51). The writer
had no conversation with him at that time. Returning to Leech Lake several montlis later she met
Ge'miwtinac' again and asked him to sing. It was probably owing to a remembrance of incidents con-
nected with Flat Mouth's death that he was willing to sing this song. He stated that it was similar to
those sung during the last hours of Flat Mouth, but that he was then so overcome that he could not
recall exactly what songs were used.

BUBEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

VoiCB J =56
Recorded without dmm

:9^^

es:

Ki - ma - ni - do - we

hi nawa ki - ma - ni-do- we

hi nawa "ki - ma - ni-do - we

m m=^: ^-wif^-T-r ^^

na wa ki

ma - ni - do - we

hi na voa

Sn- da - ni - k&n e ma - ni - do - wa - ne we hi a we

"^ ^ — ^ '-f b i F — 0' nu^'b# # ry imh

Kty i:/ i l !f e a- r r ^s

ma - ni-do - we

hi na wa ki - ma-ni-do-we

hi na loa ki-

^iiSi^iV c rittNTTil i a Ji J J i

ma-ni-do - we

hi na toa ki - ma-ni-do - we hi na wa hi

WORDS

Kimanido''wihe'' You are a Bpirit

Kimanido''wiIn I am making you a spirit

Enda^'nabiyan'' In the place where I sit

Kimanido^'wiin'' I am making you a spirit

Songs Connected with Rare Medicines

Sung by O^ofeNi^'G^N

■

These are examples of the songs which may be sung at the dance
following an initiation and also in the lodges (Turing the evenings
which precede the ceremony. They are songs which can be sung only
by those who purchase the right to sing them. O'dfeni'gdn, who
sang all the songs in this group, is said to be "one of the most
powerful medicine-men on the White Earth reservation." (See fig. 7,
p. 100.)

The word "medicine" as here used refers to any substance by
means of which results are supposed to be mysteriously attained.
The narratives concerning these songs were given by the singer and
are transcribed as neariy as possible in the words of the interpreter.

dbnsmore]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

No. 81. Song of the Flying Feather (Catalogue no. 191)

Voice J— 100

Drum J- 108
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1)

^^■

^-^—^ ^

^Bp

f.--*- ^- ^

^:tJ-r-j|j.£=£=.£^

Ya ha ya ha mon o -do-no-dji - i - gon ya ha ya ha

^i^^=!

^i^l

mon a - do -uo-dji - i - gon ya ha ya ha mon o- do-no-dji -i -gon

i na ha we a

a en - di - mu - sa - o - no - dji -gftn

9^^d

r k-LL-L

ya ?ia ya ha mon o - do - no - dji - i - gon ya ha ya ha

E3=£-E

g^^l

mon o - do - no - dji - i - gon i na ha we a

hi a

HARMONIC ANALYSIS

3 measures

6 measures

2 measures

5 measures

1 1

{

' J-

1 1

-^T-lru

^ b rt t

_ 1^1?^ . ._ -

WORDS

Migwftn The feather

O^'donoMjiigon'' Is coming toward

Endimo^nondjiig&n' .... The body of the Mlde^win^nl

Narrative. — In a wigwam lived a man and his wife, but
after a time the woman ran away. Then the man went to an
old Mlde^winl^nl and said to him, "My wife has run away; I
wish that you would take pity on me and bring her back
again/'

The old man replied, "Your wife will come back to-night."
Then he added, "I am sure of this, because the sound of my
drumming is heard all over the world and when she hears it

she can not help coming back." So he began to drum and to sing this song, and the
man's wife came back to him. Then the old man gave him a charm so that his
wife would never run away again.
12692°— Bull. 45—10 7

Song picture no. 8-1. In
this drawing the persons
mentioned in the song
are represented twice.
The man and his wife
are sliown in the wig-
wam; the man is shown
also beside the wigwam,
while his wife is at a
distance. (Compare
drawing of song no. 1.)

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

Exptavation of the flying feather and the flying man. — All the old Indians know about
the flying man. He was a very powerful Mlde^o who could cause a feather to
come to him out of the air. This feather would come toward him and enter into his
body. Then the man could rise up and fly like a bird. The Chippewa depended
upon him in the wars with the Sioux, for he could fly through the air and spy out the
enemy. Once the Chippewa suspected that the Sioux were near and they sent this
flying man to look over the country. As the Sioux were sitting in their camp they
saw the flying man coming toward them in the air, and the leader of the Sioux "Said to
his men, "Fill up that pipe as fast as you can; " so they filled the pipe and lighted it.
They held the stem of the pipe up toward the flying man. They pointed it at him and
he could not see the crowd of Sioux. He did not see them at all. So he returned to
his friends and said that he did not see the Sioux anywhere. Then the Chippewa
marched across an open field. The Sioux were watching, but they let them pass.
Then the Sioux shot and killed them all, even the flying man.

Analysis. — ^This song is harmonic in character, beginning on the
octave, descending a minor third, and then following the tones of the
tonic triad. The song contains a short rhythmic unit which occurs
five times, giving the song its forceful, energetic character. The
rhythm is exceptionally strong and clearly marked throughout the
song.

No. 82. Song of the Man Who Succeeded (Catalogue no. 192)

Voice J = 100

Drum J = 108
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1 )

^jte^^H^

t=t

-f9-

n^^^^s^

m^^^.

^i«^

I- -"— ^- 4

WORDS

Nin^'sa I myself

N IngagweMjisea'' Will test my power

Narrative. — There was once a man who had never tested the
power of his medicine in the hunt. It was a time of starvation
in the camp. The man himself was starving. A very old MIde'
had been training him for a long time, but the old man lived
far away. The man found himself thrown on his own resources.
He resolved to do his best, so he composed this song and went forth to hunt. The
venture was a desperate one, but he succeeded, and killed a bear. Afterward this
was his medicine-song.

Song picture no. 82

oin conversational Chippewa the terra Mlde' is frequently used instead c* Mide'wini'ni, referring to
ft male member of the MIde'wIwIn,

DENS more]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

Analysis. — ^The transcription is from the second of the four rendi-
tions on the phonograph record. In the third and fourth renditions
the words are slightly changed, thus affecting the note-values, the
melodic trend remaining the same. Even in this rendition the words
are too broken by interpolated syllables to be transcribed.

The intonation of the first note of the song is always clear. The
accidental is also clear, but the intonation is wavering in most of the
song. The accidental is the lowered sixth, which occurs frequently
in the Chippewa songs under considSration. There is no repetition
of a rhythmic unit in this song, although the various parts bear a
very close resemblance to one anot^ier.

No. 83. Song of a Scalp Dance (Catalogue no. 193)

Voice Jr=104
Drum J — 138
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1;

WORDS

Ninga''onde''nimigo'' Some will be envious

Gi^witagi''cig Who are in the sky

Nina''niminan'' I am dancing around

Inl''niwi''stigw&n'' A man's scalp

Narrative. — This song carries us far into the past with its war
parties and wild rejoicings of victory. It was sung on the return
of the Chippewa from the Sioux country, with scalps. After
the usual scalp dances there was held a special dance called a
"round dance,'' because it took place around a grave. If pos-
sible, this was the grave of a person killed by the Sioux, often
the grave of the person whose death had been avenged by the
war. At the close of this * ' round dance ' ' the poles bearing the
scalps were stuck into the ground at the head of the grave, to
poles should decay and fall. The drawing of the song shows
during the dance, but only one placed at the head of the grave,
scalp of the person who killed the buried Chippewa.

Song picture no. 83.
The drawing shows
the dancing circle,
the men carrying
scalps upon poles, the
grave of the Chip-
pewa, and the pole at
the head of the grave.

stay there until the

three scalps upheld

This may be the

100

BUREAU OF AMEEICAN ETHNOLOGY

Analysis. ^heginning on the sixth and ending on the third, this
melody is somewhat unusual. The voice accent and consequent
measure lengths are uiunistakable, the onlj irregularity being in the
first two measures after the rest, these measures being a trifle shorter
than the metronome time. The drum is exceedingly rapid and the
melody in verj' moderate tempo, a combination often found in songs
of mental excitement.

Fia. T. Blrcb-bork rolls ca

O'dfinl'gCn when singing these so

No. 84. Song of Good Medicine (CataloKue no. 194)

JVarrofire,— There wore once two men, the elder of whom
was verydiMagreeable toward everyone, and would not believe
anythii^ that wax told him. The younger man wan hiuconstaDt
companion, but waa entirely different Ironi him in every respect.
One day the younger man secured a thread from the clothilif;
of the elder and took it to an old MIde'. askin;; him to change
the diepoBition o( the elder man by means of medicine. The
old MIde' took a feather, cut the quiil, aod put the threads
inside the quill with a little medicine. Then he fastened
the quill together in such a way that the cut was not visible.
U The "^^^ "'"^ MIde' also gave the younger man a feather which
■M near looked exa<?tly like the one with medicine in it. On his return
il. the younger man gave his friend the feather containing the

DENS more]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

101

■ " J
medicine and his friend placed the feather in his hair, supp<Safi^g^ it to be an oma-

■lent. Both men wore the feathers in their hair. After a tiiftfi the disposition of

the elder man began to change. He grew kind and amiable toward everyone until at

last he was entirely cured of all his disagreeable qualities. This was ti\^ work of the

good medicine and the singing of the old Mide'. *..-•'*

Voice J =92

Dkum J =116 ' •'\'\

( Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1 ) ■ -' . '

4- ' C J

§^

^6^

^^P

[Chippewa words not transcribed]

[Free translation]

I control him by means of the
feather so that he will lead a good
life

Analysis. — It was extremely difficult to find the metric unit of this
song. It was finally found in three consecutive tones which bore an
evident metric relation to one another. It was then discovered that the
same metric unit underlay the remainder of the song, and working
from these three tones it was possible to divide the song into note-
values; the notes were then grouped into measures according to the
accents. Having transcribed the song according to this process, the
rhythm, which seemed hopelessly obscure, was seen to be quite clear.
By tapping the rhythm of this song with a pencil one may gain an
idea of its peculiarity, and of the unmistakable manner in which the
entire song constitutes itself a rhythmic unit. The song was recorded
several times, the repetitions being identical in rhythm.

The tone marked •) was given in every instance less than its
proper time.

This song offers a distinct problem in tonality. The tones are
those of the fourth five-toned scale on G flat, but the first part of the
song affiliates only with the chords of the key of D flat and the last
part only with the chords of the key of G flat. Neither key is well
established by the melody. In this, as in similar instances, the
signature at the beginning of the staflf should be understood as
affecting the tones on the lines or spaces indicated, but not as imply-
ing that the corresponding key is fully established by the melody.

102 BtPffEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

No. 86. 'Song of the Crab Medicine-bag (Catalogue no. 195)

Voice |J~'JCgt
Drum* J'li; 116
^DruHUpfiythm similar to No. 1 )

i=t

nj i | !iJ ;i j?fr-j-] n Hi ji J J ""

A-catoi hR he a nea-

we he he a ne hi hi

^ " •.

r.>''.'r-f!ir i; ii f imurm^r^ ^

Ai ^i ^i a-ca toe Ae he a he a-ca we a ni ni hi

hi hi

hi wa - ca toe Ae Ae a ni wa - ca toe he he ya toe

■>J. / I J .T I J. J'i;-Jmlj. J

vi hi hi wa-ca we he he a ni wa-ca we he he a ni

nin-da-we-dja ^a ni hi hi ya ha ni hi ni hi hi hi hi hi wa^a

WORDS

P: ^^^^

Aca''gecen'' Like a crab

Ninda'Tjadjia^ I am using it

Narrative. — Two women are mentioned in this song. Their

grandfather gave them each a medicine-bag made of the skin of

a small crab. The two women wore these medicine-bags around

their necks and after receiving the bags' they never lacked for

anything — they had all that they wanted. This was a good kind

Song picture no. 85. of medicine-bag, for the crab has claws which hold very tightly, so

The ^irawlng repre- ^^le medicine-bag enabled the women to hold on to everything

With two mi'gis be- ^l^at was good.

^^^® ** Analysis, — This song resembles a chant. The

accents and the grouping of tones are clearly marked, but the metric
unit ( J=104) varies constantly, the variation not being sufficient to
be indicated. The first word is so dismembered as to lose its identity,
only the first two syllables being retained. The syllable ne marks the
conclusion of the succession of syllables which represent the word.
The second word is mispronounced. The song continues one acci-
dental tone.

dknsmore]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

103

No. 86. Song of the Fire-charm (Catalogue no. 197)

Voice Jr=69
Dkum J — 126
( Druni-rhythin similar to No. 1 )

^^^

li=W-

i^^^jq n

I-na-ko-ne ya ha ha ni-ya - we he he i-na-ko-ne

i^=w

F" 1* ^

S^E

we he he

ya ha ha ni - ya -

^^^^

we he he i-na-ko-ne ya hi hi ni-ya-we he he

Ji-= P P p_^_^

f±= ^~ t^ ^

Song picture no. 8C.
The flames are seen
ascending from a
circle of Are.

ni - ya - we fie he i - ua - ko - ue ya ha ha ni - ya

WORDS

Ina'^kone'' The flame goes up

Niyawlfi'' To my body

Narrative. — The greatest wonder that ever came to the Indians
was fire. Like everything else, it came to them through Mide''.

Someone asked, "What do you want to do with this?" A man
replied, "This fire is for warmth and for cooking." The Indians
were afraid of it at first, but soon learned that it was useful.

Once there was a fire burning on the ground and many people were sitting around
it. A man rose and walked away and put medicine on his feet. Then he came back
and stood in the fire, and he was not burned at all. After he came out of the fire all
the people looked to see his feet. He was barefooted, but he was not burned at all.
Some tried to find out how he did it. They said that they would walk away and
come back and stand in the fire, but the man said that they had better not try it.
While he was in the fire he was chewing medicine and spitting the juice on his body,
so that, although the flames came up all around his body, he was not burned at all.

Probably some of the very oldest Mide'' still have some of this medicine which they
can put on their feet and walk in the fire without being burned. They can also put
it on their hands and take hold of very hot stones without being burned.

Analysis. — This song differs from other Mide' songs in that the
singer sang the song through once, with the portion to be repeated,

104

BUBEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

and then gave the ejaculations wa hi Jii hi hi, wa hi hi hi hi, after
which he began at the beginning and sang the entire song again ; this
being contrasted with the custom of repeating the hist portion of the
song an indefinite number of times without a pause. Three complete
renditions were recorded by the phonograph. The slow voice-rhythm
and rapid drum are found in this as in other songs of mental stress.
The pulse of the measure-lengths is uniform throughout the song,
though some measures are in 2-4 and some in 3-4 time.

No. 87. Song of Starvation (Catalogue no. 199)

Voice J— 108
Drum J=:126
(Drum-rhythm similar to No.l )

# ^ ^

^ ^

"T-rri

Ya - w6 - n6n ge - ma - ma- dji - dod ni - yau ya - w6 - ii6n

»^-rTTf^ =

ge - ma - ma-dji - dod ni - yau y a - w§ - n6n ge - ma - ma - dji - dod

ajJ ^-^ - fr^B

ni - yau In - de - mu - sa - yo - gi - o - ji - ton

ni - yau

=p:

"^^

ya - w6 - n§n ge - ma-ma - dji - dod ni - yau ya - w6 - n6n

p I * I * #

^^=^-

itZJt

it^-t

P=4

ge-ma-ma-dji-dod ni - yau ya-w6-n6u ge-ma-ma-dji-dod ni - yau

WORDS

A w6n6n''

GemamaMjidod^

Niau''

I'Tcwe

Inde''mu8a''ogio'jiton''

Who

Will take

My body?

A woman

Is making the medicine

Song picture no. 87.

Narrative. — In the olden times the Indians had no
weapons except bows and arrows, and they often suf-
fered greatly for lack of food. In those days they were very jealous of each other
because some could get more game than others. Sometimes a man who had plenty
of food was later ** starved out" by other Indians until he was so hungry that he
could eat grass. This was accomplished by means of medicine.

Once a man who was nearly starving went to an old Mide'' and asked for his help.
The old Mide' said, **Well, my grandchild, I will do what you wish because I fur-

dexsmobe]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

105

nished to the other parties the medicine which has harmed you." Then the old
Mide'' hired a woman to go to the other camp and steal some small object from their
food supply. He wanted her to bring him a small bone from some of their game,
but at the last moment she refused to go. Then he hired another woman. She
worked at the other camp, and she brought the bone which the MIde'' wanted. First
the Mide'' put medicine on the bone ; then he hid it and began to sing this song. In a
short time the people at the other camp could get no game at all. They almost starved,
but the man whom the MIde'' was helping could get all the game that he wanted.

Analysis. — ^The accidental forms the chief musical feature of this
song. The sixth is lowered a semitone each time it occurs except in
the last word. In the first syllable of that word the F sharp is
sung accurately in each rendition of the song, while in the following
measure the tone is about midway between F sharp and F natural.

No. 88. Song of the Owl Medicine (Catalogue no. 200)

Voice J =104
Drum J =112
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1 )

f. — ^ ^ ^

Nin - go - ca nin - ga - gwet - ni - se - a nin - go - ca nin - ga - gwet - ni - se-

SiEt

lf=^

nin - go - ca nin - ga - gwet - ni - se - a nin - go - ca nin - ga -

^=^

h — v-]

gwet - ni - se - a in - de - mu - sa gi we da ni no gi nin -

li-

go - ca nin - ga - gwet - ni - se - a nin - go - ca nin - ga -

ass

bb:^^

^c=p:

gwet - ni - se - a nin -go - ca nin -ga-gwet - ni - se - a

WORDS

Nin^goca'' I am the one

Ningagw^t'^sea'' Who is trying to fly

Inde^musa'' He is making it (the medicine)

•

Narrative. — This song was composed by the same old MIde'' as the preceding song
and most of the other songs in this series.

Once a man and his wife came to this old Mlde^. He could see that they were
starving, and he said, "Stay here at my camp to-night." The snow was 3 feet deep,
and the man and his wife had been obliged to eat most of their dogs. The MIde'
gave them food and made them comfortable.

106

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

Late that night the old MIde' got ready to sing, and while he was singing he sent
an owl over to the camp where the Indians lived who were trying to starve this man
and his wife. The owl carried the bad medicine and sat at the head of their camp
that night, but they did not know it. This owl was just the dried skin of an owl
with the medicine inside of it.
The old rule was that if a man killed an animal he must first divide it among the

camps; then he must cook his own share of the meat and invite all
the old men to come and eat it with him. If he failed to do this
they would be jealous and would "starve him out," as was the case
with this man and his wife.

After singing this song and sending the owl to the other camp
the old Mide^ was sure that the man and his wife would have no
further trouble. He also gave them medicine to carry, so that
they could get near to the animals when they were hunting.

All that the Mlde^ said was true. The other camp could get no
food after the owl went to the camp. The Indians there nearly
starved, but the man and his wife had plenty of game.

SONO PICTURE NO. 88.

The Mlde'wlnl'nl',
the man and his
wife, are seen in the
wigwam,from which
the owl is flying.

Analysis, — This song contains no change of rhythm, an unusual
feature in a Mide' song. The key of A minor is plainly impUed by
the melody, although there is very Uttle to estabUsh the key. The
song begins on the ninth and ends on the fifth. It contains no repe-
tition, the syllables ho ho ho ho, which indicate the conclusion of a
song, being given after each rendition.

Additional Mide' Songs
No. 89. Song of the Bear Path (Catalogue no. 236)

Sung by Main'Ans

This is said to be the oldest Mide' song known. If this were sung
in a Mide' gathering, it would be necessary to make large gifts to
the singer, and before singing he would call on the
Mide' manido^ No one would sing this song who
had not purchased the right to sing it.

Analysis, — The syncopation in this melody, as well
as the sUght prolonging of many of the tones, makes
it difficult of accurate transcription. The melody
follows the intervals of the minor triad and fourth,
but it is the rhythm which impresses the ear most
strongly. This very peculiar rhythm is maintained
throughout the various renditions. The tone is
wavering, with the vibrato so frequently used in
these songs. The seventh of the minor scale does
not occur in the song. The seventh of the second
five-toned scale is the fifth of the fourth five-toned
scale, and is seldom omitted. Its omission seems to indicate a feeling
for the minor tonaHty as such, rather than a use of the tones of the
fourth (or major) five-toned scale with a different keynote.

Song PICTURE NO. 89. In
the MIde' there are said
to be many "paths;"
this song relates to the
" bear-path " and a bear
is shown in the draw-
ing. Birds are closely
associated with the sec-
ond, third, and fourth
degrees, and a bird ap-
pears in this drawing,
though it is not men-
tioned in the song.

dbnsmore]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

107

Voice ^=168

Dbum J = 96

(Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1)

B^Mfft

i^£=i^

A - ni - ni - kwa - bi - kiln

ni - k&Q e he a -

^^^ ^^g =p i pr

ni - ni - kwa - bi

kfin - u

f='=^

ni - k&n e lie a -

:p==P

ni . - ni - kwa - bi

kCin - u ni - k&n e ^ a -

:p=P=p:

nl - nl - kwa - bi

:P=

k^n - u ni - k&u e he

t^=^

ni - ni - kwa - bi

kiln - u ni - k&n e he a ^

mm^^

U-U £^3 '- ?=^^^

ni - ni -kwa-bi

kiln-u ni - k&n e nin - dan-di-wa-yan

WORDS

A''nini''kwabikiln^u We are following the bear path

Niklin^ My Mide^ brother

No. 90. ^'They are Making Me Old'' (Catalogue no. 248)

Sung by Main'^Ans
Voice J =120

Drum J=: 120

(Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1)

-#- -^ #-• ±^ -\— T- T- ■^' -p- -^ -#- -#- -#-• -#- -#-

Ma-ni-do - wI-djTg ha lie Jie he he nin-ge - ka - i -gog o ho

9>r cri i i

SF=C=slg

t=t

(^e Ae ^ en - da - na - bi - an i Ai hi hi hi yo a he he he

yo a he yo a he he he he he he he yo a he yo a he

l**^ BUREAU OP AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY (bull. 45

WORDS

Mmido'wUi^ Those who are spirilfl

Ningeka'igtg' Are making me old

EndanaTiian' where I am sitting

Analysis.— This song is purely melodic in char-
acter, following the intervals of the second five-
SJhX^™ f°"^** ^<^*'«'- It clearly illustrates the custom of
of the Hide' a man interpolating syllables in the words of the Mtde' songs.

thaTh«''j^ron'a '^^'^ '^ ^'^^^ *° ^^ « ^^^T ^id SOng. .
Btaff aA ha walks.

No. 91. "To THE Spirit Land" (Catalogue no. 253)
Sung by MaiS'Xnb

VOICB J= 138

Dbuh J^ll!

{Drum-rhythm similar to Ho. 1)

- dja ha ha a - ni - ma - dja ka

dja ha ha a-ni.ina-dja ha ha a-ni-ma-dja ha ha a-ai-tna-

dja ha ha a - ,ui - ma - dja a - o - da - ua-wIB -

e he he hin ■ di . no - b6 hS hi a - nl . ma -

- dja ha ha a-ni-ma-dja ha ha a - nl . ma -

dja Aa Aa ha a-ni-ma-dja ha ha a- nl-ina-dja

Aoda'nawffie' To the spirit land

^;"17'^J";; lamgoing

HIn dinosC i ^,^ walking

Before singing this song the singer said, "It is hard now when a
man dies, but death was more tragic among the Indians in the old
d-ays."

DENS more]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

109

Analysis, — This song has the smallest range of any song analyzed.
It was sung five times, each rendition ending on F sharp. The tempo
is plainly 5-4, and the pulse of the measure-beginnings is exact, though
too slow to be indicated by the metronome. The divisions of the
measure are imperfectly indicated by note values, the first tone in sev-
eral measures being slightly prolonged beyond the value of a dotted
quarter. It is these delicate distinctions in time values which give
to a song, as sung by the Indian, its peculiar expressiveness and
appealing quality. As in other songs of this character, the accidental
is the lowered sixth. At first the singer did not sing this accurately,
but later gave it with correct intonation.

No. 92. ''I Will Sing''

Sung by Main^Ans
Voice J =84
Drum J it: 92
( Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1 )

(Catalogue no. 255)

V f-f--*-

l=m=fe^

' ■

Ni - da - zon -ga-gi-d&n

e ni

da -zon -ga-gi-dSu

gi^3^

ni - da - zon - ga - gi - dSn e ni - da - zon - ga - gi - din

w=^=w:

-3-

?i=p:

— I F • F — m

I I

i - da - zon - ga-gi-d£n e ni - da - zon - ga - gi - din

g w=^-^^^^

ni - da - zon - ga - gi - dSn e

ni - da - zon - ga - gi - d&n

Mi -de - wl-win ni-da- zon - ga-gi - din

ni-da

WORDS

Nidazon^gagidan^ I will sing with the great power

MIdeViwin Of the Mide^wiwln

This song was sung during the preparation of the medicines, not
during the ceremony of initiation.

110

BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

Andlysia. — ^This song contains one accidental tone, which occurs
only in the introductory measures. Considerable freedom is allowed
the singer in beginning a song. The portion of the song following

the word ^'Mlde'wXwln" is recorded seven times, each
repetition returning to the point indicated and com-
pleting the circuit with no variation except that the
two measures between the double bar and the word
''Mlde'wXwIn" are once omitted. The transfer of
the accent from the second to the first syllable of the
first word is clearly marked. The melodic progres-
sions are of slight importance and the intonation is
faulty, the transition from one tone to another being
frequently glissando, but the metrical repetition of one word is con-
tinuous and emphatic.

Song picture no. 92.
Wavy lines repre-
sent the song.

No. 93. ''1 AM Walking"

Sung by Main'ans

(Catalogue no. 256)

Voice Jr=92
Drum Jn^92
( Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1 )

Da - bi-na-wan gi-no-se

yan i ne da - bi -> na -

£e^

wan gi-no-se-yan t ne m<l-ka-de-wa-kiim-Ig o-se-

yan

da - bi - na

wan gi - no - se -

s*^=^

yau i ne da bi - na

WORDS

wan gi-no-se

yan

Dabi^nawa^ Toward calm and shady places

Nin'^dinose'' I am walking

Mftk''ade''wakftm^g ... On the earth

Analysis. — The rhythm of this song is so irregular
as to make it difficult of transcription. The tempo
is rapid and the accents are slight. The phono- song picture no.93.
graph record contains four renditions of this song, which are iden-
tical, in every respect, both the pecuUarity of the melody and

DENS moke]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

111

the variations in rhythm being accurately reproduced. This is the
more interesting as the tonaUty in the first part of the song is so
exceedingly irregular.

No. 94. ** There are Spirits''

Sung by GEGWE''DJIWE''BlNtjN'' ("trial-throweh ")

WORDS

Nigigwa^niwiii At Otter Tail

Ea^ There

Manido'' Are spirits

Wenenikan'' Who is this, my Mide''

brother,
Niwawida^bima^ That I am sitting with?

In his dream the singer is sitting with
the manido' at Otter Tail.

(Catalogue no. 1)

Song picture no. 94. The two figures
represent MIde' manido', or spirits.
Plates nos. 1 and 2 show similar fig-
ures on a MIde' drum. The animal
was said to be a " lion," also a "large
cat with horns. ' ' A similar figure was
drawn on the MIde' drum used dur-
ing the ceremony for Nigan'Iblnes'.
(Seep. 54.)

No. 95. ''They Think Me Unworthy"

Sung by Geqwe^djiwe^bInun^

(Catalogue no. 2)

^l^Ik

SoNO PICTURE NO. 95. The ob-
long rep resents the Mlde'-
wlgan; the two larger figures
are manido' and the smaller
ones members of the Mlde'-
wlwln.

WORDS

NinManawe'^nimigog . . . They think me unworthy

NikSn^iig My MIde'' brethren

Nucke^ekundeg^ But look and see

Niwi^'giwam^ The length of my wigwam

No. 96. **The Water Birds will Alight" (Catalogue no. 3)

Sung by GEGWE''DJIWE''BiNt>N''
WORDS

Keg6t^ Surely

lnda^bimiBin''dang(ig^ Upon the whole length of my form

Bines^iwug^ Uj^^ ^^^^j. y^^^^ ^^n ^jj^j^^

Ekwa'^yaweyan^ J

SoNQ PICTURE NO. 96. The MIde'wInl'nl is represented
in his own form and also in the form of a fish, upon
which the water birds alight. Ability to attract water
animals is greatly desired by members of the Mlde'-
wlwln,

112

BUREAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

No. 97. *^The Sky Clears''

Sung by GEGWE''DJIWE''BlNtiN^
WORDS

Keggt^ Verily

Mijakwat'' The sky clears

Nimitig^wakik'' When my Mlde^ drum

Medwe'^undjln Sounds

Nin^a For me

KegSt'' Verily

A^natin'' The waters are smooth

Nimitig^waklk'' When my MIde'' drum

Medwe'^undjin'' Sounds

Nin^a For me

(Catalogue no. 4)

Song picture no. 97. The arch represents the sky
from which rain is falling. The two ovals repre-
sent quiet lakes. In his left hand the man holds
a MIde' drum and in his right hand a stick for
beating the drum.

No. 98. ''I Walk in a Circle''

Sung by Gegwe'^djiwe^bInOSJ^

WORDS

Nikan^'inan'' My Mide'' brethren

Niwa^'ninose'' I walk in a circle

Ma'^kwa The bear

A^'niija'' Goes on before

Mide^wigan'^igmedun To the Mide'' lodge

Ninglkino^'amawa'' ■ Telling

Gitina^'cina^'be The old Indian

Obagi^tciganm/ WTiat gifts to give

Song picture no. 98. On a pole are hung
blankets and other gifts, which are to be dis-
tributed according to the directions of the bear.
The person to be initiated appears in the draw-
ing, also the bear, which is entering the Mlde'-
wlgan. Curiously, the bear's footprints precede
him, indicating the path he is to travel.

(Catalogue no. 5)

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

OxJK Dwelling is Rotal" (Cataloguan

THE EAKTh")

No. 99,
SuDg by Dbda'bicac' (" bird tunna

Ninda'binan' Our dwelling

Ogiraawan' Ib royal

Ninda'biiian' Our dwelling

Ayayado'damiH' la widely renowned ^^^ '

aeea in bis own lodge,
nera being Id troduoed
Id eipnss tlie Ides of
beuitjor luiui^.

No. 100. "Vermilion, I Sing op Thee" (Catalogue no. 7)
Sung by Dbda'bicac'

Onama'nahomaya' Vermilion, I ring of thee

We'naniana'homaya ... 0, Vermilion, I sing of thee

Vermilion paint v
by the Mlde'.

8 frequently carried and used

No. 101. "Thekb Stands j
Sung by Dbda'bicac'

WORDS

Ni'boinl'ni i„, , ,

_, ... „ . There aCands a man

Wanihinl'm L, . , ,. , . ,

..- ,j-- n. - , (It IB for him 1 Bland

Miwe'djiga'boeyan' ; J

No. 102. "I Stand"

Sung by Dbda'bicac'

woaDs

Niba'wiyan' I stand

Gidflb'ena' Are you present?

Wa'weciga'bowiyan' I rise, Island

12692°— Bull. 45—10 8

io. 101.

(Catalogue no. 9)

BUBEAU OF AMEEICAN ETHNOLOGY Ibu

No. 103. "I AM Named" (Catalogue n

Sung by Gb'miwOkac'

Nimadwe'winigog' I am named

MIde'winiwQg' By the leaders of the

mde'
WewQno'dftmowad' To receive a share ot the

offering

TbemaaystnlgbtUnea
diverging Irom thebeart
nod body of the mui
fiuggest tbe Imporlaoco
of being selected tosbare

offering.

No. 104, " I AM Unable to Hakmonize My Voice "

Sung by Gb'miwCnac'

(Kre.

nslatlon]

Ningwinanl'lDwe- . ■

Gwinawl'nowe' I,

Ni'tcanicina'be ' ^ ""^^^f ^ harmonize my

endanwe'iiidOfi'.. . i ™ice with the voiceaof my

Ni'tcanicba'be [^""" ^°'*'»"« ^^"^^ ^

findanwe'nidftfi'... hear at a d.Btence
Ningwa'iuHirina' , . , )

n Is tbBt of beauty,
" hannoalilng the
Itc/'and BTOsetaltfs

This draHlng suggests
the square bag used by
the Chippewa for stor-
Ing and carT7ing rice.

" They ake Feasting with Me "

Sung by Ge'miwCnsc'

other singers are repre-
sented by the figure in

(Catalogue no. 12)

Niwido'pamlgog . . . They are feasting with me
Agwatci'siwasTin'. . . The outside medicine-bag

Kima'nidom' You are the spirit

Gigani'nigo' You will be called

densmobe]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

115

No. 106. ''The Sound is Fading Away '' (Catalogue no. 13)

Sung by Ge^'miwOnac'

WORDS

A^niwe''we The sound is fading away

Na^nowe^we It is of five sounds

Wa^naki^'meniwa Freedom

Gl^niwe^'we The sound is fading away

Na'nowe^e It is of five sounds

SONO PICTURE NO. 106.

The five wavy lines
represent the "five
sounds."

Bono picture no. 107.
The person ad-
dressed is repre-
sented as a manido',
in form like those
that appear in the
water.

No. 107. "You ARE A Spirit '' (Catalogue no. 15)

Sung by Ge^'miwOnac^

WORDS

[Free tranalation]

Ninnia''nidowe''nimIg^ .
Gima^'nidoViin'' . . . . ,

Nikane

Niyiin^

Mandiin^

Ninik^n^

Manidowa^'nogwen^ . .

You are a spirit, my Mlde^
► brother; you are pre-
pared, my MIde' brother

Tabulated Analysis of 90 Mlde' Songs
Melodic Analysis

TONALITY

Major tonality 65

Minor tonality 25

Catalogue numbers of songs

Major tonalUy.—U, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 37, 38,
39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 46, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 55, 56, 58, 59, 64, 65, 66, 67, 69,
73, 78, 79, 122, 123, 127, 128, 129, 130, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 197, 199, 237,
238, 240, 241, 242, 253, 254. Total, 65.
Minor tonality.— 21, 34, 35, 36, 45, 47, 52, 53, 54, 57, 60, 61, 70, 71, 80, 124, 125, 126,
192, 195, 200, 236, 239, 248, 256. Total, 25.
Total number of songs, 90.

116

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

TONE MATERIAL

Fourth five-toned scale 18

Second five-toned scale 11

Major triad and sixth 19

Major triad, sixth and fourth 2

Minor triad 1

Minor triad and fourth 2

Octave complete 3

Octave complete, except sixth 2

Octave complete, except seventh ... 10

Other combinations of tones 19

In two keys 3

Total,

Catalogue numbers of songs

Fourth five-toned scale.— 19, 21, 22, 24, 41, 48, 52, 53, 59, 79, 189, 190, 192, 193, 237,

238, 241, 242. Total, 18.
Second five-toned scale.—M, 35, 45, 46, 53, 124, 197, 236, 239, 248, 254. Total, 11.
Major triad and sixth.— 16, 17, 18, 20, 23, 25, 26, 28, 29, 31, 32, 33, 39, 42, 122, 129,

130, 191, 240. Total, 19.
Major triad, fourth, and sixth. — 127, 128.
Minor triad only . — 27 .
Minor triad and fourth. — 61,62.
Octave complete. — 56, 64, 73.
Octave complete, except sixth. — 71, 126.

Octave complete, except seventh.— ZT, 38, 44, 46, 50, 58, 66, 67, 255, 256. Total, iO.
Other combinations of tones.— Z(i, 36, 40, 43, 49, 51, 54, 55, 57, 60, 65, 69, 73, 78, 80,

123, 195, 199, 200, 253. Total, 19.
In two keys.— 70, 125, 194.
Total number of songs, 90.

BEGINNINGS OF SONGS

On the twelfth 33

On the fifth (compass less than a

twelfth) 29

On the ninth 5

On the second (compass less than a

ninth) 5

On the octave 11

On the seventh 2

On the sixth 1

On the fourth 1

In two keys 3

Total 90

Catalogue numbers of songs

On the twelfth.— 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 31, 32, 33, 37, 38,
54, 55, 66, 69, 71, 80, 122, 189, 190, 237, 238, 240, 241, 242. Total, 33.

On the fifth.— 30, 39, 41, 42, 43, 44, 46, 47, 48, 50, 51, 52, 60, 61, 62, 63, 67, 73, 78, 79,
80, 123, 126, 127, 129, 130, 197, 255. Total, 29.

On the ninth.— 192, 195, 199, 200, 253. Total, 5.

On the second.— 36, 40, 59, 65, 194. Total, 5.

On the octave.— 34, 35, 49, 58, 64, 124, 191, 236, 239, 248, 254. Total, 11.

On the seventh. — 45, 56.

On the sixth. — 193.

On the fourth. — 57.

In two keys.— 70, 125, 256.
Total number of songs, 90.

ENDINGS OF SONGS

On the tonic 56

On the fifth 21

Total number of songs, 90.

On the third 10

In two keys , 3

dbnsmore]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

117

Catalogue numbers of songs

On the tonic— 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 35, 38,
41, 42, 43, 45, 51, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58, 61, 63, 64, 66, 67, 71, 79, 80, 122, 123, 124, 126,
189, 190, 191, 192, 195, 197, 236, 237, 239, 240, 241, 242, 248, 254. Total, 56.

On the fifth.— M, 37, 39, 40, 44, 49, 54, 59, 60, 62, 65, 73, 127, 128, 129, 130, 199, 200,
253, 255, 256. Total, 21.

On the third.— S6, 46, 47, 48, 50, 52, 69, 78, 193, 238. Total, 10.

In two keys.— 70, 125, 194.
Total number of songs, 90.

ACCIDENTALS

Songs containing no accidentals 73

Songs containing accidentals 14

In two keys 3

Table of accidentals J shovdng catalogue numbers

Sixth lowered a semitone . .
Second lowered a semitone .
Third lowered a semitone . .
Fourth lowered a semitone.
Fifth lowered a semitone. . .
Seventh raised a semitone .

Sixth raised a semitone

Fourth raised a semitone . .

Total.

Accidental.

Number
of songs.

Catalogue
numbers.

73,79,197,253

51,56,80

17,18

256

195

FIRST PROGRESSION

First progression upward 7

First progression downward 83

Catalogue numbers of songs with first progression upward. — 54, 59, 78, 80, 194, 197, 248,
Total, 7.

Rhythmic Analysis

Songs beginning on the accented portion of the measure 23

Songs beginning on the unaccented portion of the measure 26

Songs transcribed in melody outline 41

Metric unit of voice and drum the same 6

Metric unit of voice and drum different 23

Recorded without drum 61

Catalogue numbers of songs in which metric unit of voice and drum is (he savfie. — 71, 122,
238, 239, 248, 256. Total, 6.

118 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

Catalogue numbers of songs in which metric unit of voice and drum is different. — ^52, 53,

61, 123, 124, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 197, 199, 200, 236, 237, 240, 241, 242,

253, 254, 255. Total, 23.
Catalogue numbers of songs beginning on the accented portion of the measure. — 39, 52, 54,

55, 56, 57, 59, 61, 62, 65, 69, 71, 73, 191, 192, 199, 238, 239, 240, 242, 248, 253, 256.

Total, 23.
Catalogue numbers of songs beginning on the unaccented portion of the m£asure. — 14, 53,

58, 60, 62, 63, 64, 66, 67, 68, 78, 79, 83, 122, 123, 124, 189, 190, 194, 195, 197, 200,

236, 237, 241, 255. Total, 26.

Structural Analysis

Melodic 70

Harmonic 20

90
Catalogue numbers of songs

Melodic.— 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 24, 26, 28, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 43, 44, 45, 46,
47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 64, 65, 66, 67, 70, 71, 73, 78,
79, 80, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 189, 190, 192, 193, 194, 195, 197, 199, 200,
236, 237, 238, 239, 248, 253, 255, 256. Total, 70.

Harmonic.— 20, 23, 25, 27, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 42, 52, 53, 69, 122, 123, 191, 240, 241,
242, 254. Total, 20.
Total number of songs, 90.

SOCIAL SONGS ON WHITE EARTH AND LEECH LAKE

RESERVATIONS

Ina'bundj!gan nagumo'win (Dream Songs)

The songs in this group are not composed in the usual sense of the
term, but are songs which are said to have come to the mind of the
Indian when he was in a dream or trance. Many Indian songs are
intended to exert a strong mental influence, and dream songs are
supposed to have this power in greater degree than any others. The
supernatural is very real to the Indian. He puts himself in com-
munication with it by fasting or by physical suffering. While his
body is thus subordinated to the mind a song occurs to him. In
after years he believes that by singing this song he can recall the
condition under which it came to him — a condition of direct com-
munication with the supernatural. It is said that no drxmi is used
at this time, the drum being added when the song is rehearsed and
sung afterward.

These dream songs are considered under three divisions: First,
songs of the doctor; second, song of the juggler; and, third, songs
which were composed during periods of fasting or of mental stress
and were used later as war songs or in other connections. The songs
of each -division are preceded by an explanation of the circumstances
under which they were composed or sung.

DEXSMORE] CHIPPEWA MUSIC 119

1. SONGS OF THE DOCTOR

The Chippewa word dja'salcid is applied to two classes of peo-
ple — doctors and jugglers. It is difficult for us to recognize the
relation between these two, for we are accustomed to regard medicine
as a science and jugglery as an imposition, but to the Indian mind
both are direct demonstrations of supernatural power received and
maintained by means of dreams or trances. For that reason it is
natiu:al that the same word should be applied to each.^

The songs of a Chippewa doctor can not be bought or sold. Each
man must bear his own pain or endure his own fasting if he would ac-
quire power over pain in others. Sympathy and affection were very
real in the Indian wigwams. Definite knowledge of means for curing
the sick was very scanty, and in pathetic helplessness the Indian
turned to the supernatural for help. The methods used in the treat-
ment -of the sick are repellent. For that reason it is good that we
firnt consider the element of poetry which underlay the best attempts
of the old-school Indian doctors to relieve the suffering of their
friends.

The fasts which were practised by the Chippewa doctors usually
lasted ten days, the time being spent on a mountain or a great rock,
or in a tree. A doctor frequently built a kind of nest to which he
retired and whither he believed the manido' came to give him the
power to do his work.

The Chippewa doctor treats the sick by singing, shaking his rattle,
passing his hands over the body of the patient, and apparently swal-
lowing one or more bones, which are afterward removed from his
mouth. Each of these phases is considered indispensable to the treat-
ment. The rattle commonly used is shown in plate 1. It is made of
deer hide stretched over a wooden hoop and is 9^ inches in diameter
and one-half inch in thickness, and contains two or three small shot.

The manner of holding the rattle is shown in plate 2. The dis-
coloration on the front of the rattle and a small hole on the back are
indications of its being used in this position. The hole on the back
is exactly where the deerskin would be pressed by the second finger.
This hole has been roughly patched. The rattle was procured from
O'dSni'gdn, a man said to be especially skilled in the use of medicine,
who sang the Songs connected with Rare Medicines, in the present
series (see p. 96).

o The songs of the Chippewa doctor were recorded by MaiA'&ns (' 'little wolf"), the younger, a man of
middle age,.whose feet were frozen when he was a lad, and who walks on his knees. He related to the
writer the story of his experience' at the time his feet were frozen. Accompanied by his grandparents he
started to walk from one village to another, but a heavy snowstorm and intense cold overtook the little
party. HiB grandparents finally perished of cold and starvation, but he found his way to the village
with both feet frozen. Years of suffering followed. When the pain was most severe these songs.
Maifl &ns said, one after another, " rang in his head.'* ITe spoke of the condition of intense pain as a
dream condition, implying that the intensity of the pain produced a state bordering on unconsciousness.
Tie said that years afterward he became a doctor and these songs were his special "medicine songs" in
cring the sick.

130

BUEEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BrLI.4G

Two of the bones which are supposed to be swallowed are here
shown (fig. 8); these are 2^ inches long and about one-half inch in
diameter. The texture of these bones indicates that they are very
old. They were procured by the writer from a man on the Wliite
Earth reservation who had been a doctor for many years but had given
up the practice. His well-worn rattle was also purchased, but this is
not shown in the illustration. On another reservation the writer was
shown a string of ten or twelve bones which the owner said he repeat-
edly swallowed in his cures of the sick. Large numbers of bones
are often "swallowed," each doctor having a collection of bones for
the purpose ; a number of these are frequently worn on a string around
his neck.

The sick person lies on the ground, the doctor kneeling at his right
side. (See pi. 10.) The doctor holds his rattle in his right hand and at

Fio. 8. Bones used liy Chlppei

his left hand is a pan or bowl of water in which lie the bones to be
swallowed. The doctor opens his mouth, protrudes his tongue, places
the moistened bone on it, and "swallows" it quickly. After shaking
the rattle a while he "swallows" another of the bones; usually this
procedure is continued until four or five bones have been disposed of in
this manner. One doctor stated that the bones lodge in the chest near
the shoulder. It is also said that there is a spirit inside the doctor
which takes the bones.

After " swallowing " the bones the doctor strikes his breast with the
rattle ; then he leans over the sick person and strikes his back between
the shoulders with the rattle. It is claimed that this enables him to
see where the disease is located in the patient.

In giving the following three songs Maifi'^ns stated that he always
sang the first soDg after he had looked at the sick person and deci<led
that he could help him. Afterward he sang the other two songs.

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOOV

CHIPPEWA DOCTOR TREATING THE SICK

DENS more]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

121

No. 108. Doctor's Song

VoiCK J = 76

Drum J— 126

( Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1 )

(Catalogue no. 244)

-^— \ U " ' I I

M6u-we -we - a- ci

yan a-klfl ge mfin-we-we-a

ci -

^f^ LZ]4ti) =J

yan a-klfl

ke - dan-dji - ka - ba-we-yan a-klil ge men -

we - we - a - ci - yan a-klfl ge men-we-we

a - ci-yan a-klil ge

WORDS

Mfinwe^'wea^'ciyan'' I am singing and dreaming in my poor way

Akin^ Over the earth

KedauMjikabaVeyan^ I who will again disembark

Akin^ Upon the earth

Analysis. — This song was extremely difficult of transcription. When
at last the transcription was made it was found that the four renditions
of the song were identical except in one or two unimportant measures.
The accidental in the first measure was given in all the renditions
with good intonation. The metric unit is very slow but is clearly
given; the measure accent however is very slight. The rhythmic
feeling throughout the song is for the single count rather than for any
grouping of counts.

No. 109. ''I Go TO THE Big Bear's Lodge'' (Catalogue no. 245)

Voice Jrr 108

Drum J= 132

(Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1)

^fe

g^?:

-en-

±f:

i^jJ^JU ^

Ki-tci-mak-wa fie wl - gl-wEm e

bi- ma - bl - I

io-dl-ge

WORDS

Ki'tcimakVa The big bear

W^glwam^ To his lodge

Babin^dige^ I go often

12^

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

Narrative. — Before beginning this song Main^&ns said, " In my dream I went to the
big bear's lodge and he told me what to do. He told me how to swallow the bones
and I often go back to his lodge that I may learn from him again. This is what I say
in this song which I made up myself. Every dja^'sakid has his own animal which he
sees in a dream and he learns from this animal what he shall do for the sick person."

Analysis, — This song is so short that the phonograph cylinder con-
tains nine renditions of it. The transcription is made from the most
regular rendition, but the intonation is faulty. The singer found much
diflBculty in starting the song on the octave, owing probably to the
presence of the tenth so near the beginning of the song. The tenth
is a particularly hard interval to grasp. The rhythm is regularly main-
tained, especially the rhythmic unit which consists of the dotted
quarter or quarter notes preceded by eighths. The subdivision of
the third measure shows some indecision; the rhythmic unit has been
clearly given out, and the interest lapses slightly until the rhythmic
unit again asserts itself.

No. 110. ''Going Around the World" (Catalogue no. 246)

Voice J = 72

Drum J - 138

(Drum-rliythiu similar to No. 1)

=9^

ftt=fci:

Ka- wi-ta-kftin-i - glc - ka - man a-ki we ml - dwe-kfim-i - glc-

# 0L

^^m

#-^

i^—yf-

^^S

=P=*

^cpc

ka - man a-ki we ka - wi - ta -k<im-i - glc-ka - man a-ki we

1^^===^

ml - dwe - k<im-i

t^-iH^

glc - ka - man a-ki

ml - dwe - kdm - i

glc

:^=i

-<5>-T-

ka - man a-ki

%oe

WORDS

Ka''wita''kiimi''^ckaman'' I am going around

Aki^ The world

Midwe^'kAmi^'glckaman'' I am going through

Aki^ The world

DENSMORE] CHIPPEWA MUSIC i2S

Analysis. — The chief rhythmic phrase of this song is short, clearly
marked, and frequently repeated. It is comprised in the second and
third measures of the song. This recurring phrase is easily traced
and is always given in exact time. The intervening measures are in
Jess regular time, the words somewhat resembling metric speech and
the note values varying accordingly. They are, however, indicated as
correctly as possible. The use of an accented sixteenth note before
a dotted eighth note is not common in the White Earth songs, but
was frequently found in the songs collected at Red Lake. This song
is melodic in structure, beginning on the sixth and ending on the
third of the fourth five-toned scale.

2. SONG OP THE JUGGLER

The supernatural power of the Chippewa doctor is shown by the
recovery of his patient; the supernatural power of the Chippewa
juggler is shown by a performance which is universal throughout the
tribe. In this performance the juggler frees himself from the tightest
cords, causes his lodge to sway as though blown by a tempest, and
summons the spirits of wild animals whose voices are heard by the
spectators. The accounts of these performances are authentic, but
the ability to perform the feat has never been explained.

The following description of. a juggler's performance was given in
connection with the song, the narrator stating that he had seen the
performance by Ce'deSns' and had heard him sing the song at that
time.

The preparations were as follows: Eight poles were placed upright
in the ground. These poles were 12 to 14 feet high. They were sunk
in the ground 2 or 3 feet and were placed about 2 feet apart. They
were bound together by hoops, eight of which were fastened around
the poles at intervals. After the completion of this framework
Ce'deSns' sang this song. Then he was bound with ropes made
of the inner bark of the basswood tree, his hands were tied behind
him, his feet were tied, a large stone was placed on his chest, and
he was bound around with stout gill nets, so that he was '*like a
ball." Four men carried him eight times around the circle of poles
and then threw him inside the inclosure. One of the four men then
called, '^Come, ye people of the sky, come and smoke.'' In a few
moments the poles began to shake; the whole structure rocked
and swayed as though a tornado were blowing; yet there was no
wind and the sky was cloudless. Soon a voice was heard. The
voice said, '*Who is tying up my grandchild? I am going to break
those ropes and throw them over where you are sitting."

The people seated on the ground, watching the performance, heard
the voice, and in a few moments they sawthe ropes coming through
the air. These fell near the people, who hastened to examine them

126

BUREAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Lbull. 45

3. DREAM SONGS AFTERWARD USED AS WAR SONGS OR OTHERWISE

Like the other dream songs, these were said to have been composed
during a dream or on waking from a dream. Many of them are asso-
ciated with some animal which becomes the manido' of the dreamer.
The words of many of these songs suggest that the dreamer contem-
plates nature in a certain aspect so long and so steadily that he
gradually loses his own personality and identifies himself with it. In
other instances he imagines that animals or objects in nature are sing-
ing and that he learns their songs. It has not been definitely ascer-
tained whether the singer imagines he repeats the melody or only the
words of such songs.

All the dream songs are supposed to be spontaneous melodies, and
therein lies their chief importance in connection with the analytical
study of Indian music.

No. 112. Song of the Trees (Catalogue no. 206)

Sung by Ga^gandac'

VoicR J— 100

Drum J =120

(Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill)

^^^e3^

I ii nr !

No -din e - ta nin-go-tan

^=^

WORDS

Nodln^ The wind

E^ta Only

Ningotan^ I am afraid of

Narrathe.— The following explanation of this song was given by Maifi^&ns: The song
belonged to a certain man who sang it in the dances which were held before going to
war. When this man was a boy he had a dream and in his dream he heard the trees

DENS more]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

127

singing as though they were alive; they sang that they were afraid of nothing except
being blown down by the wind. When the boy awoke he made up this song, in which
he repeats what he heard the trees say. The true meaning of the words is that there is
no more chance of his being defeated on the warpath than there is that a tree will be
blown down by the wind .

Analysis. — The rhythm of this song is energetic, vivifying, and
full of action. The rhythmic unit is short and easily recognized, con-
sisting of a measure in triple time followed by a measure in double
time. The song was sung five times, the renditions being identical
in every respect. The rhythms of voice and drum are greatly at
variance, but each is steadily maintained. The harmonic structure
is evident and consists of a major triad in the upper and in the lower
octave with the sixth as a connecting tone.

No. 113. Song of the Thunders (Catalogue no. 207)

Sung by Ga^gandac''
Voice Jh. 120

Drum J— 120

(Drum-rhythin similar to No. Ill)

Na - nin - go - di - nunk

i i we nin - ba - ba - ca- wen -

dan ni - yau

ba - ba - ma - ci

yan gi - cTg -

^^=^

-&-

^^S

-^-

uiL

WORDS

Na^'nlngo^dinunk'' Sometimes

Ninbaba^cawen^'dan I go about pitying

Niyau^ Myself

Baba^'maciyan^ While I am carried by the wind

Giclgull'' ,,,....... Acrpee the sky

128

BUBEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

This song forms an example of the strange personation which char-
acterizes many of the dream songs. In this the singer contemplates
the storm mystery of the sky imtil he feels himself a part of it and
sings its song.

Analysis. — This song is divided into two parts. The first contains
only vowel syllables and consists of nine measures, in which the
rhythmic unit occurs twice. This unit is comprised in the first three
measures. The second part of the song contains the words. This
part of the song constitutes a rhythmic unit in itself. Attention is
directed to the harmonic character of the song, although the melody
moves with great freedom.

No. 114. ''My Voice is Heard" (Catalogue no. 208)

Sung by Ga^gandac/

Voice J=i112

Drum J =116

(Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill)

=5^i^

t-t^

■W 1

hzifTf" r/.f i f V

^^^

l^«-

.4=-

l^«-.

i^m^

P^^

<Z fi-

Mi- si

wS a - kia e nin-de - bwe.-wi - dftm

+ _

^TJTT^ir 11^ r^

DENS MORE]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

129

WOBDS

Misiw^'' All over

Aklfi The world

Nin^'debwe^widtim^ My voice resounds

In this song, as in the preceding, the singer contemplates the
storm. He hears the reverberation of the thimder and in his dream
or trance he composes a song concerning it.

Analysis, — This song is definitely major in tonality and was sung
in exact time throughout. The metric unit of the drum is slightly
faster than that of the voice and produces an effect of hurrying the
voice. The lowered sixth occurs as an accidental. It is impossible
to indicate the exact deviations from pitch and the peculiar porta-
mento of voice used in this song, but the manner of the rendition
strongly suggests that they are used to heighten the effect and do
not form an actual part of the song.

No. 115. -'The Approach of the Storm'* (Catalogue no. 209)

Sung by Ga^'gandac^

Voice Ji= 112
Drum J- 116
( Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill )

Ski

9v-t:j^j;4ttgx

A-bi

^^^-^^ll^S-

-*5»-

gw6n ka - bi

de - bwe-wi-dufl

^[Uru

tft gi - cig-uil e - bi-

(S^-r

WORDS

Abita^ From the half

Giclgufi^ Of the sky

Ebigwfin^ That which lives there

Kabide^wewidufi^ Is coming, and makes a noise

The Thunder manido' represents to the Indian the mysterious
spkit of the storm, and he imagines that this manido' sometimes
makes a noise to warn him of its approach. This is his interpreta-

12692°— Bull. 45—10 9

130 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

tion of the distant thunder which precedes a storm. Hearing this,
the Indian hastens to put tobacco on the fire in order that the smoke
may ascend as an offering or signal of peace to the manido'. The
idea which underlies the song is, ''That which lives in the sky is
coming and, being friendly, it makes a noise to let me know of its
approach." This means much less to the white race than to the
Indian. We are accustomed to noise; the Indian habitually ap-
proaches in silence, unless he wishes to announce his presence,"

Analysis. — ^This song is harmonic in structure and contains the
tones of the fourth five-toned scale. More than a year before the
making of this record the same song was secured from a younger
singer. On comparing the two records it is found that they differ
much less in rhythm than in melodic progressions. The younger
singer used exactly the same tones, but in some parts of the song he
used the intervals in a slightly different order. The characteristic
rhythm is identical in the two records.

No. 116. ''As THE Hawk Soars" (Catalogue no. 210)

Sung by Ga^'gandac''

The second word in this song suggests to the Chippewa the course
of a bird which flies forward a short distance, then circles, and then
flies forward again. The Chippewa thought that the hawks were
halfway to the top of the sky because they flew so high, and this
song was probably inspired by the sight of a flock of hawks flying
and circling high overhead.

Analysis. — ^The harmonic structure of this song divides it into two
parts, the first based on the minor triad with the minor seventh**
added, and the second on the tonic triad and sixth. The tones of
the first chord are repeated during fourteen measures, the F sharp
sinking to E on the fifteenth measure. This introduces the tonic
chord in the key of A, and the latter part of the song is composed
of the tones of the tonic triad and sixth in the key of A. The first
part of the song suggests the close attention with which one follows
moving objects; the satisfying resultant chord and the free melody
with its even rhythm suggest the return of the singer's attention to
his song and to his more immediate surroundings.

a The Indian who composed this song is now a clergyman of the Episcopal Church, Rev. George Smith.
When he was a little boy he often x)ainted his face and fasted five days because he wanted to be a "spirit
man; " when he was 15 or 16 years of age he composed this song in his dream. The preparation for his
life work was according to the native customs, but he is doing that work in the white man's way.

b Prof. J. C. Fillmore found this tonality among the Dahomey songs collected at the World's Colum-
bian Exi>osition at Chicago and Mr. H. E. Krehbiel (in a paper read before the Folk-lore Congress, July,
1894) cited similar instances among the songs of the American negroes. Professor Fillmore recorded a
similar song from the Nass River Indians living In British Columbia. This tonality is found also in the
following songs of the present series: nos. 51, 116, 127, 172.

dbnsmore]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

131

A correspondence between the idea of a song and its melody or its
rhythm can not be taken too literally or pushed too far. Music can
not imitate a scene in nature or express a mental concept, yet either
may inspire a song. Under such circumstances the song may reflect
in some degree the source of its inspiration, yet it would be impossi-
ble, in any instance, to infer that source from the character of the
song.

Five renditions of this song were secured, the only variations being
in the first part; the harmonic material remained the same, but the
order of progressions differed slightly. The second part was iden-
tical in all the renditions.

Voice Jr^ 112
Drum J =126
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill )

t ff i L-ff

rafe;

-19-

lO:

-^-^ — ^

Ifi

la:

-«-!-

ff f

A - bi - ta

- wi-gi -cig . .

bi-

S#-

^ttt}.-

i=f^

mi-kwe-kwe

tit

ki - ka - ba - wi - yan

^-==x

■*^-^

ANALYSIS

14 measures. 1 measure. 2 measures. 3 measures.

1 - I ^f

WORDS

Abita^wigi^clg Halfway up the sky

Bimikwe''kwekika'1t)awiyan^ I am flying

132

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

No. 117. ''In THE Southern Sky'' (Catalogue no. 211)

Sung by Ga^'gandac'

Voice J- 112
Daum J =116
( Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill )

^ M " ^ ^4^

^ ,f,,^

C-T xJj

^Ptt

£ ^ i f f iia If' f tL.nr

^^gg

A-jig - wa gi-clg - uil .

ca-wdn-u - bi-

yan

WORDS

Ajig'wa Already

Gi^cigun" In the sky

Cawdn^ubiyan'' I am sitting in the south

Analysis, — In harmonic structure this song is similar to the
preceding, the first fourteen measures being based on the tones
of the minor triad with the minor seventh added, the sixteenth
measure containing lower E, the remainder of the song being com-
posed of the tones of the tonic triad. The last part of the song is
simpler than that of the preceding song, but the general character is
the same. It may be possible that both songs were composed by
the same man, this coming first in the order of composition. In this,
as in the preceding song, the last part was always sung in exact time.

No. 118. ''Manido' Listens 70 Me" (Catalogue no. 212)

Sung by Ga^'gandac'

Analysis. — ^This melody contains only the tones of the major triad
and sixth. The song was sung twice, the second rendition beginning
on the last count of the fourth measure, suggesting that the first
measures are an introduction. The custom of using an introduction
to the first rendition of a song has already been mentioned. In this
introduction the singer is allowed considerable freedom.

DENS more]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

133

The meaning implied in the Chippewa words is that the manido'
who listens will grant all requests of the singer.

Voice J =112
Drum J = 120
( Drum-rhylhm similar to No. Ill )

^ gtnf|f Sg

±A

mf!L-^I ^ ^

1^-

ar^=f^

^i=p:

i \-

Nin bi- sin -dag be-clg ma - ni-do

-^-

-fS*-

WORDS

Nin To me

Bidn^dag He listens

Be^cig One

Manido^ Spirit

No. 119. SONO OF THE CrowS (Catalogue no. 260)

Sung by Henry Selkirk

Narrative. — ^The following explanation of the song was given by the singer:
A young man was fasting where his father had taken him. It was in the fall, and
the flocks of crows were getting ready to go south. The young man heard the crows
in the trees and imagined that he learned this song from them. Afterward the crow
was his manido^ because it had given him power to understand the language of the
crows. The words of the song mean that the crows are the first birds to come in the
spring, and so the old-time Indians thought that the crows brought the spring rains.
This was first a dream song and afterward it was used as a war dance.

134

BUREAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

Analysis, — ^This melody contains only the tones of the fourth five-
toned scale. Both melody and rhythm are of unusual simplicity.

VOICH J =108

Drum J=rll6

( Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill )

-# ^ ^ r#-

El:

r— t

Be -

ba - ni - ga - ni

nin - di -

gog

bi -

^^=w-

±1:

-&-

iiS - si- wfig e

nin-w6n-dji- gi - mi - wfifl an- deg-niu - di - go

WORDS

Be^ani^gani^ The first to come

Nin^digog' I am called

Bin6''siw(lg' Among the birds

Nin'w6ndjigi''miwiiil'' I bring the rain

Andeg^nindigo'' Crow is my name

The two following songs were not composed during dreams, but
during great mental stress. They are classed with the dream songs
because they are spontaneous melodies, said to have sprung from the
lips of the singers without conscious effort on their part. These
songs were given by a particularly reliable singer.

No. 120. Song of the Deserted Warrior (Catalogue no. 259)

Sung by Henry Selkirk
Voice J . = 60

Drum J =104

(Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill)

^ r I r r^-~^ =^= ^=\ \ r ^

Nin - da

tci

nSn - diim

tci -

-^-

1=4:

t=l:

wa - ba - mi - nan tci - ma - dja - y^n

WORDS

Nindagi''tcini8a^n6nd<im^ I would be very sorrowful

Tciwa'Hbaminan'' To see you

TcimaMjay Cln^ Go away

Narrative. — About forty years ago the Chippewa were at war with the Sioux near
Turtle mountain in North Dakota. The Chippewa were concealed in a cornfield
ready to attack the Sioux when their ambush was discovered, and in the fight one of

dbnsmobb]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

135

the Chippewa was shot through the breast. The man's name was Nc/dindk^wdm,
which means Wind-Thunder. His friends attempted to carry him with them, but it
seemed that he would surely die, and their own lives were in danger; so they left
him with his face painted and a feather in his hair, to die like a warrior. After they
had left him they heard him singing this song. It was an entirely new tune and two
of the men remembered it and sang it after they reached home. The song affected
the men as no entreaty could have done. They rushed back, dragged the wounded
man to the water's edge, lifted him into a canoe, and paddled away safely. The man
recovered and now lives at Pine Point. The singer said that he recently saw the
man and also the scar of the wound.

Analysis, — The metric unit in this song is the measure, not the indi-
vidual count in the measure. This unit is regular. The divisions of
the measure are not always exact, but are indicated as nearly as
possible. The melody tones comprise the minor triad and sixth.

No. 121. *^I Am Afraid of the Owl" (Catalogue no. 261)

Sung by Henry Selkirk
Voice J=: 152
( Recorded without drum)

:^ip2=j!^^ ^ ^==g^[^^=jg=^^E^ =^^=f

E - ni - w6k ka - ye

nin

e - ni

w6k ka - ye

m^^

nin ko - ko - ko nin - go

<9-

zprrrp:

ne - ji

fc!

ke - wii - bi - a -

nin

a be a nin he a ya be a ya be a ya

WORDS

Eniwek^ Very much

Gaye' Also

Nin I

Ko'Tcokoo^ Of the owl

Ningosa^ Am afraid

Nejike'wdbianin'' Whenever I am nitting alone in the

wigwam

Narrative. — The singer stated that he composed this song himself when he was a
child. The circumstances were as follows: His mother had gone to a neighbor's,
leaving him alone in the wigwam. He became very much afraid of the owl, which is
the particular terror of all small Indians, and sang this song. It was just after sugar
making and the wigwams were placed near together beside the lake. The people in
the other wigwams heard his little song. The melody was entirely new and it attracted
them so that they learned it as he sang. The men took it up and used it in their moc-
casin games. For many years it was used in this way, but he was always given the
credit of its compasition.

136

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

Analysis. — ^This song contains only three tones and may be said to
consist of the minor third with the tone above as a preparatoiy tone.
The chief rhythmic phrase is the quarter note followed by two eighths,
a subdivision of a double measure which suggests fear.

Dream Songs — White Earth Reservation

Melodic Analysis

TONALITY

Major tonality...:.
Minor tonality....

Total.

Number
of songs.

12
2

Catalogue numbers.

2.')9,261

TONE MATERIAL

Fourth five-toned scale.

Major triad and sixth

Minor triad and fourth

Other combinations of tones.

Total.

206, 207, 209, 210, 211, 244, 246,

260

212,213,245,250

261

20S

BEGINNINGS OF SONGS

Beginning on the twelfth.
Beginning on the tenth...
Beginning on the octave..
Beginning on the sixth. . .
Beginning on the fourth. .

Total.

206, 207, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213

244

245,250,260

208,246

261

ENDINGS OF SONGS

Ending on the tonic.

Ending on the fifth..
Ending on the third.

Total.

206, 207, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213,

245,260,261
208
244,246,259

First progression downward.

First progression upward.
Total

FIRST PROGRESSIONS

206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212,

244,246,261
213,245,259,260

densmobb]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

137

Melodic Analysis — Continued.

ACCIDENTALS

Songs containing no accidentals ,

Sixth lowered a semitone.
Third lowered a semitone .
Sixth raised a semitone. . .

Total.

Number
of songs.

1
1
1

Catalogue numbers.

206, 207, 209, 210, 211, 212, 246,

246,259,260,201
213
208
244

Rhythmic Analysis

Beginning on accented portion of measure

Beginning on unaccented portion of measure .

Total.

10
4

211, 212, 259, 2«0

Metric unit of voice and drum the same .

Recorded without drum

Metric unit of voice and drum different.

Total.

207
261

Structural Analysis

Harmonic.
Melodic...

Total.

206, 207, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213,

244
208, 245, 246, 259, 260, 261

MiGA'Diw!N'iNA'G<!rMo'wiN (War Songs)

A wide range of material is included in this group. There are songs
which have been used to incite war, songs of the warpath, songs con-
cerning the brave deeds of warriors, and songs of the scalp dance.
The border line between groups of songs is not absolute and all our
classification must be regarded as general in character; thus there are
war songs among the dream songs and there is a scalp dance among
the *^ songs connected with special medicines." In these instances
the writer has followed the Indian who made the phonograph record.
Many songs are used in war dances. The following group may be
considered, however, representative of the class.

The drumbeat of the war dance is in even strokes; the drumbeat
of the scalp dance is an accented stroke preceded by an unaccented
stroke about one-third of its length. These are the ordinary rhythms
but they may be varied by drummers of proficiency.

138

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

No. 122
Sung by Aki'waizi' ("old man ")

VOICB Jr:69

Drum J =126

(Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1)

M^^j^j:^

^^ ^ittji -f-h-t ^f ^^^^^^j^

(Catalogue no. 179)

Analysis. — This song is based on the second five-toned scale of E
flat, the harmonic divisions being the minor third E flat-G flat
followed by the major third G flat-B flat, the song closing with a
return of the minor third E flat-G flat.

The rhythm of the voice is plainly J =69, while the beat of the
drum is in unaccented eighths, J = 126; if the drum were J = 138 we
should have four drumbeats to one melody note, but repeated tests
have failed to bring the two parts into this relation. The drum is
plainly of a slightly difTerent imit from that of the voice and persist-
ently retains that unit. The tempo of the voice is unusually even
in this song.

Voice J = 76
Recorded without drum

No. 123

Sung by Main^Ans

(Catalogue no. 182)

^s*

-<5>.

5=t

I a

Analysis. — The principal intervals of progression in Chippewa
songs are the intervals of the third and fourth. This song is very
unusual in that its principal melodic feeling is for the interval of
the second. The dominant of the key is unusually prominent. The
third of the key does not occur in the song, yet the song is readily
accompanied by the tonic, subdominant, and dominant chords of
the key. The song contains seven measures and is an excellent ex-
ample of the entire song constituting a rhythmic unit. Six rendi-
tions appear on the phonograph cylinder.

densmobe]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

139

No. 124

Sung by Ga'gandac'

Voice J = 200

Drum J -112
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill)

: - r.r-

-f5»-

fe^

^ #-

^-s P-

t=t

(Catalogue no. 205)

ixT' ii g^rzfe^

gi^Bp^ ^j | ^ ^m4f_p^r^f} ^=^ ^

tei r^-^

-^-

22:

4=t

i^r ij- \\ if^=f ^^

42-

^s^i r 'r IHO

:44

This song is said to have been used about forty-five years ago by
Chippewa who were trying to incite the tribe to an attack on the white
settlers. The attempt was unsuccessful and it is the pride of the
Chippewa that they have never been at war with the white men.

Analysis. — ^The chief interest of this song lies in the rhythm, the
general effect of which is martial and "inspiring; yet the measure-
lengths are very uneven, producing a rhythm which is fascinating in
its irregularity. This is an instance of a special rhythm used for a
special purpose. The object of the song was to control the will and
influence men to act against their wishes and judgment. In view of
this fact the peculiar rhythm of this song is worthy of attention.
The tempo is very rapid, adding to the effect of the rhythm. Further
consideration of rhythm of this character is given in the chapter on

MIde' Songs.

No. 125 (Catalogue no. 215)

Sung by Ga'gandac'

Analysis. — ^This song is said to have been learned from the Sioux.
Its harmonic structure is interesting. The song is in the key of
D flat, the melody showing the octave complete except the seventh.
The song is in two parts, each of which opens with the chord of the
relative minor. This passes to the tonic major chord by the change

140

BUKEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

from B flat to A flat. The following section of each part contains
only the third F-A flat, with B flat as a by tone, yet the major chord
of D flat is plainly implied.

Voice J =88
Drum Jzz88
( Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1 )

-^-

-<5»-

HARMONIC ANALYSIS

6 measures

5 measures

^^^

No. 126. Little Eagle's Song (Catalogue no. 229)

Sung by Ga''gandac'

This is a song in honor of a warrior named Little Eagle, who died
about November 1, 1907, at an advanced age.

O'Jcitd'ta is a Sioux word. White Earth was the old battle ground
of the two tribes and the word suggests that the song was composed
by the Sioux, who do not grudge their tribute to a brave man,
though he may be their enemy.

Analysis. — The tones of this song are those of the second five-
toned scale of F, with G as a passing tone. The unusual interest of
the song lies in the E flat of the fourth measure, showing the interval
of a whole tone between the seventh and eighth of a minor key.
This is a characteristic of early English plain song.

The rhythm of the voice is maintained quite steadily at J =72,
while that of the drum is J =108, each stroke preceded by a short
unaccented beat. It will be readily seen that this is in the ratio of
two voice pulses to three drum pulses, but the stroke of the drum

densmobe]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

141

invariably follows the singing of the tone, and the voice and drum
never coincide. This song shows no descending interval latget than
a minor third, and the descent of the minor third occurs sev^sn times
in the melody.

Voice J=z72

Drum J - 108

( Drum-rhythin similar to No. Ill )

^ P P

^m*^-^

s^ess^

T*- -T

8
H f-

O - ki - tci - ta mi - gt - sins

^-=-#^

^—^ — —^-^-»

ar=gi

^^£^?=^

WORDS

OOcitci'ta liCader of the warriors

MiglsbiB^ Is Little Eagle

No. 127

Sung by Ga^gandac'
Voice J— 66
Drum J -80
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill )

(Catalogue no. 230)

-S^

s^:

t: ---

$=M^

g ^ ^j "^'^! ^

tfc;

crrii

HARMONIC ANALYSIS

3 measures

3 measiures

tei

i
i

142

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

This song is said to have been learned from the Sioux. The
melody is divided into two parts of three measures each. The first
part contains the tones of the minor triad with the minor seventh
added; the sixth being used only as a passing tone. This is a very
primitive tonality. Among the songs of the Chippewa this tonahty
is sometimes found in part of a song, but the song usually merges
into a diatonic chord before the close. (See songs nos. 116, 117, 172.)

Five renditions of this song were recorded; these are identical
except that the first measure occurs only in the first rendition. The
harmonic pectiliarity of this melody is best seen by playing the
chords which form the two parts of the song, as given at the close of
the transcription.

No. 128. Song of the Loons (Catalogue no. 271)

Sung by GA^'Tcirciai^cIo (*' skipping a day "3

Voice J. -96
Dbum J_116
( Drum-rbytbm similar to No. Ill )

.-.JJ^^?Jj£

^^^% 4 -

■# — f^-^—ft-

:2:

■^ — f^

ta - gi - cig ban ga - bi - nes - i - mo - yan

3S?3:

^P^

-t&-

WORDS

Kiwitagi^clg Flying all around the aky '

Gabinfe''imoyan'' The loons are singing

This is an old song, which was sung before starting on the war-
path. The words refer to the Loon clan or totem which, according
to William Warren, was very powerful among the Chippewa, even
claiming to be the chief or royal clan.

Analysis. — Harmonic in structure, this song follows the outline of
the major triad in the upper and lower octaves with the sixth as a
passing tone. This tone material is found in a large number of the
songs under analysis and is that of the fourth five-toned scale, lack-
ing the second. It is a form of tone material which appears transi-
tional from the simple major triad to the complete five-toned scale.
(See p. 63; also tabulated analysis, p. 9.)

densmobe]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

143

No. 129. '^I WILL Start before Noon'^

Sung by Ga^tcitcigi''c!o
Voice Jzr 144

Drum J— 100

(Drum-rbythin similar to No. Ill)

(Catalogue no. 276)

f ar^ilJ_^4iJ^ E J4 t a3 =r :r ;

i^i - TXTi^^^^^^fe^J^

^=^

w^^

-fi'-T-

WORDS

Tcinau'liwakweg^ I will start on my journey before

noon

Tcibwa^wab Ami''igoyan^ Before I am seen

The singer stated that he learned this song from his father, who
was a warrior, and in the old days was often sent in advance of the
war party as a scout. Before starting on such an expedition he sang
this song. In singing it the words were mispronounced ; they contain
many interpolated syllables.

Analysis, — This song begins on a very high tone. It is harmonic
in structure and is a typical example of a simple song on the fourth
five-toned scale.

No. 130. Song of CiMAU'OANic ((Catalogue no. 277)
Sung by GA''TciTciGi''ciQ

In the old days it was customary for a woman to go out and jmeet
a returning war party. If a scalp had been taken she received it at
the hand of the leader and danced in front of the war party as it
neared the camp, singing and waving the scalp. The song under
consideration concerns such an event as this. The singer stated that
he had heard it sung by a woman on such an occasion. Sometimes
several women went to meet the warriors, but one always preceded
the others and received the scalp. The return to the camp was

144

BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 46

Voice J^ = 168
(Recorded without drum)

±=s^

t^ Alr t

V \ iATr P

Ci - mau-gan-Ic gi - nt-ci-wed.

35^^ ^^^^^^^

^J^

a^^tg r^^ ^

^ft:

E f f:^ *

■JM-

B£i*

x;-

p ^ r -[| -f>;

Ci - mau-gan-Ic gi - nl-ci-wed

^'tRf^^^t'^

-9^S

^^=£?=FK

Ci-mau-gan-Tc gi - nl-ci-wed

t :i=

• K*

V if~r

B,y^ f tr i f • fj' i f f r I • ' Tr I r

' I' i [i

Ci-

g ft-^^ S^UjM

^^m

mau-gan^Ic gi - nl-cWwed

fee=t

densmoub]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

145

WORDS

Cimau^'gaiilc*. A man's name meaning "soldier '*

Gini^'shiwed'' He killed in war

always followed by a scalp dance. This was sometimes performed
around a pile of presents. Each scalp was fastened to a hoop at the
end of a pole, and anyone to whom this pole was handed was obliged
to hold it aloft as he danced alone around the pile of gifts. This
is an old song in which the name of Cimau'ganic was introduced in
honor of his special bravery.

Analysis, — In this instance the entire phonograph record is tran-
scribed. It consists of four renditions of the song and clearly shows
the points in which the renditions vary. In this respect it is the
record of a musical performance as well as the record of a song. The
singer imitated the maimer in which he had heard a woman sing the
song, the high notes being given in a falsetto voice but with good
intonation. The division of the measures into five counts is not
mechanically accurate throughout the record. In certain measures
the note values correspond exactly to the metronome beat; in others
they vary slightly, but the rhythmic feeling is still that of a five-part
measure. This song is a very free musical expression and is of special
value, both from its structure and from the occasion of its use.

No. 131. ''The Shifting Clouds '' (Catalogue no. 114)

Sung by A''QwiT(y^wioi^cIo
Voice J =126

Recorded without drum

i I ^— I --I—

A - ni - go - si - wa - qed

ba - bi - kwa - si - go kwe

^ft

&it

-^a-i.

1^=^

:p=?^

i^^

^ § 4

WORDS

Ana^'qud The shiftin

Ba^'bikwa^siii Clouds

-7S>-

This is one of the war songs with which a social dance is usually
opened. Most of the singers carry some object in the right hand — a
small gun whittled from wood, a turkey-wing fan, a bow with arrows,

12692*'— Bull. 45—10 10

146

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

or even a war club with a wisp of hair dangling in imitation of an
enemy's scalp. With this they point as if to various objects, as an
enemy at a distance or a footprint on the ground. During this song
the dancer would point to the clouds.

Analysis, — ^This song is harmonic in structure. The irregularity of
measure lengths is worthy of notice, as is the continuously descending
trend of the melody.

No. 132. Scalp Dance (Catalogue no. 116)

Sung by Gi^cibans^ ("little duck")
Voice J =168
Recorded without drum

Yo ho kwe a yo ho kwe a yo ho kwe a yo ho kwe a

S33

t=mj=^^^i^^ .

=9^

6-kwa-wug 6n

r-f— f^

do - bi - og

yo ho kwe a

-f9-

&^=Fg^=rf

yo ho kwe a

ho kwe a

yo ho kwe a

• !

6-kwa-wiig 6n - do - bi - og

yo ho kwe a

WORDS

Ekwawdg^ The women

fin^'dobiog^ Are enjoying it with us

Analysis, — ^This was sung by an old woman whose voice was
about the same register and quality as a man's. A point of interest
in this song is that the last tone is approached b}^ an upward pro-
gression. The rhythmic unit is short and frequently repeated.

War Songs — White Earth Reservation

Melodic Analysis

TONALITY

Major tonality
Minor tonality

Total . . .

Number
of songs.

Catalogue numbers.

114,182,215,271,276
116, 179, 205, 229, 230, 277

DENS more]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

147

Melodic Analysis — Continued.

TONE MATERIAL

Number
of songs.

Fourth five-toned scale

Major triad and sixth

Minor triad and fourth

Octave complete

Octave complete except seventh .
Octave complete except second .
Other combinations of tones

Total.

2
1
1
1
1
1
4

Catalogue numbers.

' 271,276
114
116
229
215
230
179, 182, 205, 277

BEGINNINGS OF SONGS

Spinning on the twelfth.
Beginning on the octave .
Beginning on the tenth . .
Beginning on the ninth . .
Beginning on the fourth..

Total.

114,271,276,277

116,-182, 229

215,230

205

179

ENDINGS OF SONGS

Ending on the tonic.

Ending on the fifth .
Ending on the third.

Total.

114, 116, 179, 205, 229, 290, 271,

276
182,277

1 ; 215

FIRST PROGRESSIONS

First progression downward.

First progression upward .
Total

9
2

114, 179, 182, 205, 229, 230, 271,

276,277
116, 215

ACCIDENTALS

Songs containing no accidentals .

Sixth lowered a semitone

Total

114, 116, 179, 182, 205, 215, 229,

271, 276, 277
230

Rhythmic Analysis

Snnm hfuHnnlnf; An the tuvarmtRd portion of the measiirp.

Songs beginning on the unaccented portion of the measure

179, 182

Total

Metric unit of voice and drum the same

215

Untrfc i^pit of voioe and drum different

179, 205, 229, 230, 271. 276

Recorded without drum

114. 116. 182. 277

Total

148 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

Structural Analysis

Catalogue numbers.

Harmonic 5 114,215,230,271,276

Melodic 6 116,179,182,205,229,277

TotaSr

SA'GIl'DIWiN'lNA'G<!rMO'wfN (LoVE SONGS)

The love songs mark a distinct phase in the development of music
as a means of expression. It is not uncommon to find the words
continuous throughout the song with little or no repetition. This
characteristic has not been found thus far in any other branch of
Chippewa music, and shows that in them the expression by means
of words is as free as the expression by means of musical tones.
These words are seldom transcribed. From observation the writer
believes that the words of a certain melody are often impromptu in
exact form, though having a general similarity throughout the ren-
ditions by various singers.

The love songs are more free in melody progression than other

classes of songs. Many of them have traveled far and are known to

be very old. They constitute a favorite form of music among the

Chippewa, and are sung with a nasal tone used in no other except the

songs of the scalp dance. This resembles the cry of an animal, yet

the intervals are given almost as accurately as where a direct singing

tone is used.

No. 133 (Catalogue no. 98)

Sung by Manido'gicIgo''kwe (** spirit day woman ")o

Analysis. — This was said to be a very old song. The peculiar
quality of tone assumed by the Chippewa in singing their love songs
renders it impossible to convey a correct impression by means of
notation. This quaUty is nasal, with a slight drawling and a sliding
of the voice from one tone to another.

The range of this song is two octaves, and the intervals are found
to be correct, though difficult at first to recognize beneath their dis-
guise of mannerism. The remarkable change of pitch in the tenth
measure was given with more accuracy than many less wide intervals,
following the general rule that uncommon intervals are more accu-
rately sung than common intervals. A very explosive tone was
given on the notes marked with an accent.

a The singer of this and the following song is a unique personality, living all alone. (See pi. 11.) On each
side of her log cabin is a little lake. Back of it stretches the forest, broken only by a wagon road whose
single track is marked by stumps beneath and drooping branches overhead. In this desolate place Manido'-
giclgo'kwe and her dogs guard the timber of her government allotment, the while she gathers roots from
which she makes love powders to sell to the children of men. In her hand she usually carries a small
hatchet. There is a smoldering fierceness in her small eyes, but her voice in speaking is low and musical
and she laughs like a child.

MANlDO'GlClGO'KWE

DlBXSlfOltEl

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

149

Tbmfo Rubato

Recorded without dram

Tf-r

3fT?T^J

f8 ^^^.j^ ll i , p C^ f • f [J ll i=J

^T\ ^7\

^h\ J. J' ^ /^^^^^f-ra^ir^

Ifc^

^%r3^^"^^%^?^^^

No. 134

Sung by Manido^'gicIgo'kwe

(Catalogue no. 99)

Tempo Rubato
Recorded without drum

J ' i i' ' i J

^^^^FT^

/TN

^OT

H — ^ FK

fe^

^^^

P^^

ET^

fe==^^^l==l^=^^p=£

,4 ■^. .

Analysis, — ^This melody, though apparently simple in outline, is
very free in movement. The tones are those of the key of F,yet the
melody does not affiliate with the principal chords of that key and
shows little feeling for a keynote.

150

BUBEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BITLL. 45

No. 135. '*My Love has Departed" (Catalogue no. loi)

Sung by Mrs. Mary English <>

VoiGB J =r 132
Recorded without drum

1 4 i ^^ i u-^mifsm^^f^

Man-go-dCig - win nln - dl - nSn-dtlm man-go-d(lg>win nin - di - nSn-dtlm,

^^^^^r&^i^hjh ^

mi-gwe - na-win nln - I - mu- ce S-ni-wa-wa - sa- bo - ye- zud.

[U4Jwjm^^ M mi\j i j liWh J 1

Ba-wi-tl£l gi - nl - ma^ja nin-l-mu-ce a - ni - ma-dja

El -i h'i UL mU= m 5i^ j\ i rJ'ii j- i

ka - win - i - na-wa nin-da-wa- ba-ma - si 8i Man-go-dCig - win

dl - n6n-dum man - go-ddg - win nln - dl - n6n-dum,

[4ii m i 1 . m .r.fjj^>ip J M j^^s ^

mi-gwe - na-wIn ka - win-i-mu-ce, S-ni-wa-wa - sa - bo - ye-zud

WORDS

Parti

Mangodtig'win A loon

Nln^dlnen^dClm I thought it was

Mi^gwenawin^ But it was

Nin''Imuc8'' My love's

finiVawasa^oyezud^ Splashing oar

a The singer of this song is a sister of William Warren, the historian of the Chippewa. Her family lived
on Madeline island when she was a child, and this song came from there. It is a strange experience to
talk with one who remembers when there were only one or two boats on Lake Superior, and who stood
on the present site of Duluth when it was peopled only by a few Indians. On one occasion Mr. Warren
and his sister, with a party of Chippewa, cami)ed where Duluth now stands. As they were taking
their departure Mr. Warren stood beside his canoe on the shore, stretched out his hand over the water,
and said, "Some day this lake will be a highway of water where hundreds of boats will come and go;"
then he poUited to the little group of tipis and said, ''My brothers, you and I will never see it, but some
day a great city will stand thrre." The Indians pointed significantly to their foreheads. Their brother
had been too long in the hot sun, and even his sister entered the canoe with a heavy heart.

dcks^oreI

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

151

Part 2

BaVitlng^ To Sault Ste. Marie

Gi^nlmaMja He has departed

Nin^Imuce^ My love

A-'nimaMja Has gone on before me

Kawln^inawa^ - . Never again

Nlndawa^bama^si Can I see him

Part 3 is similar to part 1.

Analysis. — ^This is an example of a common form of Chippewa songs,
in which the first and last parts are alike, the middle section differing
slightly and often being the only part in which words occur. Like
most of the love songs, it was sung tempo rubato. The measure-
lengths are clearly marked by the accents. This song in a less com-
plete form has been found on other reservations.

No. 136. ''Why Should I be Jealous?" (Catalogue no. 104)

Sung by Mrs. Mee

VoiCB J=z88
Recorded without drum

f^^^

Na - bl - sa nin - do - ma ge - o - den - da - ma - ban

1=^

-&-

ma - dja-kwi - wi - \% - sis

-4- -4- -(5h

WORDS

Nabl^sa Why should

NinMoma^ I, even I

GeodenMamaban^ Be jealous

Madjakwi-'wij^Iff' -* Because of that bad boy?

•

This song is not without its humorous side. It is said that in the
old times an Indian maid would lie face down on the prairie for hours
at a time singing this song, the words of which are sq very independent
and the music so forlorn. The song was as often sung by a young
man, the words being appropriately changed.

Analysis, — ^This is one of the few songs in which the key is fully
established, as is shown by the fact that it can be readily accom-
panied by the three principal chords of the key of A. It is said to be
a very old song and to be commonly used in recent times. The latter
fact suggests that continuous use under semicivilized conditions may
have modified the form of the melody to its present regularity of
time and intervals.

152

BUREAU OF AMEMCAl^ ETHi^OLOOlT

tsULL. 45

No. 137. ''1 IX) NOT Care for You Any More'' (Catalogue no. 106)

Sung by Ki''tcImak''wa (" big bear")

Voica J=6a
Recorded without drum

£3SQ

v =f=f

U-

??^^?t

Ka sft gin gi - ba^ ba - mS - ni- nil- si- non
+ +

ka - will sfi glu

9irg=f ^ ^^ ^prj7T[r-i=^

±=f:

fc=i

gi-ba-ba- md-ni-mlHSI-non ba-ka-nl-zl be-ba - me - ni-m(ig nin

WORDS

Kawin^

Gin

Gibaba^'m^nimMnon''.

Baka^nlzi^

Beba^menlm(ig^

Nin

[Free translation]
I do not care for you any more
Some one else is in my thoughts

The mournfulness of this song, like the preceding, suggests that the
Indian has some difficulty in transferring his affections. Ki'tcX-
mak'wa, who sang the song, assured me that he was the best singer
on the White Earth reservation. His voice is full and resonant. At
the dances he sits at the drum for hours at a time, leading both
singing and drumming.

Analysis. — E flat is the only tone occurring in this melody which
marks it as minor, and this was sung slightly higher than the proper
pitch. This song is, however, plainly minor in tonality. Like most
of the love songs, it is widely known on the reservation.

No. 138. '^Do Nof Weep''

Sung by Ki''tcImak''wa

(Catalogue no. 307)

Voice Jr=76
Recorded without drum

atta -—f—M__\ ^ ^ f f '^ \f^ — ■

^ v-b4- 1 1 1 1 — - 1 ■ 1 — -^^z:

Ge - go - bi - na - ma - wi - k6n, ge - go - hi - na - ma - wi - k6n,

-(9-^

=P=¥^

:p=p:

ge - go - bi - na - ma - wi - k6ii, ka - win go - cu nlu-da - nl - bo - si

DICKS more]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

153

Gegobina''mawik6n^ ,
Kawln^

Gocu'' ,

Nlnda^nibosi'' ,

WORDS

Do not weep

I am not going to die

This song is widely known among the Chippewa. It is one of the
sweetest of all their love songs. In it we do not find the fancy of
youth but the deeper love and the nearness of the deeper sorrow.

Analysis, — Although this song begins with a downward progres-
sion, it is more strongly marked by upward movement than many of
the songs. In this and in its plaintiveness lies its chief interest.

Reference is made to song no. 200 (catalogue no. 145), in the section
on Red Lake reservation music, which shows a repetition of this song
by a singer on that reservation.

No. 139. ''He Must be Sorrowful'' (Catalogue no. iio)

Sung by Ki^ose^'wini^ni ("good hunter")

Voice J =76
Recorded without drum

^:a I Lj [I Fi l I T — L j \ '^^ \ f ir ^^ ^I T' r \ f

^ - r r s

Or-

lf=^

-JS^

^^ t— J — -I iip^— -' ^^^i— »- 1 1 -ii>'— K-

Gi - na- ni - na-w6n - da - mo- dog

y- u mfcHj^ ^

ga - ni - c! - wa - na - djl - gi - gad

-?5^

me-gwa wenski - ni - gi-yan e

WORDS

Ginani^nawSn'^damodog^ He [or she] must be very sorrowful

GanicIwanaMjlgad^ Since he [or she] so deceived and

forsook me

Me^gwa During

We^sldnigiyan^ My young days

Analysis, — ^This, like no. 136, may be sung by either a man or a
woman. The song is chiefly interesting because of the flatted third
as an accidental. The expression of sadness by means of a minor
interval is not so characteristic of Indian music as of our own.

154

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bdll. 45

No. 140. ''When I Think of Hm^MCatalogue no.262)

Sung by Henry Selkirk

Voice J = 62
Recorded without drum

^ 1^ 1 • ^f^ji r tr il l r r

A-no -gi - ya - i - ki-do-pun c a-no - gi - ya - i - ki-do-pun

aft

IFF=Hg=E

<5>-

a-no

gi - ya - i - ki-do-pun e

a-wftn-djic-i -

go - ko nin-gac-ken

ddin ka - mi-kwe-ni-ma-gin a-no - gi - ya -

■*^=^

m&=^^-

i - ki - do - pun ardjic a-no

gi - ya - i - ki-do-pun e

WORDS

Anogi^'yayai'lsidopun^ Although he said it

A^wftndjic^igoko^ Still

Ningac^kenddm I am filled with longing

Ka''mikwe''nimagln^ When I think of him

This is one of the old love songs of the tribe and may be sung by
either a man or a woman. Several months previous to the making
of this record a song resembUng it was recorded on the Red Lake
reservation. On comparison it is found that the Red Lake song is
more elaborate in both rhythm and measure divisions, but the
general trend of the melody is the same. See song no. 166 (catalogue
no. 151).

Analysis. — ^The accidental in the second measure of this song is
very effective and the compass of the song lacks only one tone of being
two octaves. The ability of the singer to '* pitch'' properly a song
of .such range is worthy of note.

No. 141

Sung by Ga''tcitciqi^c!q

(Catalogue no. 275)

Analysis. — ^A large number of words are used in the Chippewa love
songs, but they are in the nature of conversation and do not form a
sufficiently important part of the song to be translated. New words
are very often composed and names introduced into the song.

This song is said to be very old. In a song of this character the
length of the tones varies with the singer and with his mood. This

densmobb]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

155

rendition is transcribed as nearly as possible, but one can not be
sure that repetitions by other singers would be identical. The song
was sung very slowly, with the peculiar nasal tone affected by the
Indians wheii singing love songs.

Voice J = 50
Recorded without drum

p>) &-n-i^ ^i^ ^

d 1 ^ ^i~^

^-*&lt

^, IS r-f =^-i'-f-C:

^^m

i5=b=P

-9—

-fi^

Zove Songs — White Earth Reservation

Melodic Analysis

TONALITY

Major tonality

Minor tonality

Total

TONE MATERIAL

Fourth five-toned scale

Second five*toned scale

Octave complete

Octave complete, except second

Octave complete, except seventh

Minor triad and fourth

Minor triad, second, and fourth

Total

Number
of songs.

Catalogue numbers.

99,104,110
98,101,106,107,262,275

156

BUKEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

Melodic Analysis — Continued.

BEOINXINGS OF SONGS

Number
of songs.

Cataloene numbers.

Bc^;inning on the twelfth.
B^;inning on the octave..
Be^nning on the third. . .

3 98,262,275

5 101,104,106,107,110

1 99

Total.

ENDINGS OF SONGS

Ending on the tonic.
Ending on the fifth.
Ending on the third.

Total.

6 101,106,107.110,262,275
2 ' 96,99

1 104

FIRST PROGRESSIONS

First progresdon upward

First pr<^ession downward.

Total

6 98,99,101,104,262,275
106,107,110

ACCIDENTALS

Songs containing no accidentals

Sixth raised a semitone

Fourth raised a semitone

Fourth and seventh raised a semitone.

Total

4
3

1
1

104,106,107,110

101,262,275

Rhythmic Analysis

Beginning on accented portion of measure

Beginning on unaccented portion of measure.

Total

101,104,107,110
98,99,106,262,275

Structural Analysis

Harmonic

None
9

Melodic

•

Ata'diwin'ina'gumo'win (Moccasin-game Songs)

The moccasin game is the principal form of gambling practised by
the Chippewa at the present time. A characteristic of the moccasin-
game songs worthy of special note is the combining of a rapid metric
unit of drum with a slow metric unit of voice, strongly indicating

DENS more]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

157

the elements of excitement and control which prevail in the game.
Words may or may not be used, one instance being shown in which
the words occur in different portions of the melody in the varying
renditions of the song.

The drumbeat of the moccasin game is a strongly accented stroke
preceded by a very short unaccented stroke.

In the moccasin game four bullets or balls are hidden under four
moccasins. One bullet or ball is marked and it is the object of the
opposing players to locate this with as few "guesses" as possible.
The whole village knows by the beat of the drum when a moccasin
game is in progress, and the writer can testify to the energy with
which the drum is beaten, having sat next to it for a long time, the
crowd of interested spectators nearly falling over her head. There
was very little air to breathe, but the discomfort was amply repaid
by the interest of watching the faces of the players.

VbiGiB J =192
Becorded without dram

*=<

-f9-

No. 142

Sung by Main^Ans

•^— ^

(Catalogue no. 112)

Wil r f ll i^ i- -HI

9% rfr ^Tf^p m

,1' — ^

-«>-

t5> •-

it=g

-^-v

■a-

-8-

?=i:

fr~^

^^^^S

fc^

-«5>-

-€^

Analysis. — In this instance an attempt has been made to indicate
the embellishing of a melody by means of small melody progressions.
Certain tones were sung less than a semitone higher than the pitch
indicated and are marked in the usual manner. This song has no
words. The melody is of unusual freedom, progressing several times
from the highest to the lowest tones. It is peculiar in that the first
and last tones are the same.

158

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

Voice J =96
Dbum J =116

No. 143
Sung by Aki^'waizi^

(Catalogue no. 181)

El£^

H 1— M — H »-»-?H

-(^

=9^^

+ JjilA,. Cfc

#-2-# — «>-= ^9-

Drum-rhythm
Drum J =116

^= J^-=^^ ^^ J^ J ^HH

15=^

etc.

Analysis. — The accidental in this song is the lowered sixth, and it
is worthy of note that the accidental was given with more firmness
and better intonation than the other tones of the song. Four rendi-
tions were secured, the rhythm being regularly maintained. The
drum is very sharp and insistent, as in all the moccasin-game songs.

No. 144. ''If I am Beaten'' (Catalogue no. 203)

Sung by Nita^miga^bo ("leader standing ")

Voice J =104
Drum J =120
( Drum-rhythm similar to No. 143 )

^-4r-

fi-

5=tJ

r P ^

Nin - gi - w6

ni- we

111 - go - yan

-«'-

-(•—!»-

WORDS

Nin^'gagiwe'' I will go home

Niwe'nigoyan'' If I am beaten

Nin'^genadln'' After more articles

Minawa^geatc^igeyan'' To wager

■ \- ■<

-(S*-r

dbnsmore]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

159

Analysis. — Only the first two words appear on the phonograph
record, yet five Indians were in the room when the song was recorded
and they all agreed that these were the proper words for the song.
This is one of the instances in which the melody is evidently more
important and constitutes more fully the identity of the song than
the words. The melody shows great complexity of rhythm, a feat-
ure to be expected from the nature of the words. The tones of the
melody are those of the tonic triad.

No. 145. '' I HAVE Come After your Stake'' (Catalogue no. 224)

Sung by Ga^gandac^
Voice J — 69
Drum Jr=120
( Drum-rhytbm similar to No. 143 )

4:^

-TTi:

Nim - bl - na - dl - nun ki - da - di - mi- ndn hi a ya a

±:zMl

.diutii.

ni-ta - wa-ta -gi-yun d ya

WORDS

Nim''bInaMInun^ I have come after it

Kide'^imdn Your stake

NitaVata^'giyun^ You good players

Analysis. — ^The rhythm expresses the idea of this song in a very
interesting manner. The voice rhythm is slow, steady, and deter-
mined, while the drum rhythm is the quick, energetic beat of the
moccasin game.

Moccasin-game Songs — White Earth Reservation

Melodic Analysis

TONALITY

Catalogue numbers.

Major tonality .
Minor tonality.

Total...

181,203
112, 224

160

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

Melodic Analysis — Cuntinued.

TONE MATERIAL

Number
of songs.

Catalogue numbers.

Octave complete

1
1

112

Major triad

203

Major triad and sixth

181

Minor triad and sixth

224

Total

BEGINNINGS OF HONGS

Beginning on the twelfth

1
1

181,203

Beginning on the tenth

224

Beginning on the second

112

Total

ENDINGS OF SONGS

Ending on the tonic

112. 181.203

Ending on the fifth

224

Toal

FIRST PROGRESSIONS

First progression upward

2
2

112, 181

First progression downward

203,224

Total

ACCIDENTALS

Songs containing no accidentals

3
1

112. 203. 224

Sixth lowered a semitone

181

Total

Rhythmic Analysis

Beginning on accented portion of measure

—

2
2

181,203

Beginning un unaccented portion of measure '.

112, 224

Total

Metric unit of voice and drum difTerent

181.203.224

Recorded without drum

112

Total

densmore]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

161

Structural Analysis

Hannonlc.
Melodic

Total

Number
of songs.

Catalogue numbers.

181,203
112, 224

Unclassified Songs
No. 146. Call to the Dance (Catalogue no. 105)

Sung by Ki^tcImak^wa

Voice J — 80
Recorded without drum

l:±=4

f f f f f- f f- f-

^: f^ j* t-T in^

U^4h-^

:^h£=K=^ |t/ tJ 1 1 aT ^ L_r i"^ Lj* Li^

:p=p:

This song is sung by riders upon ponies, who go through the village
summoning the people to the dance. With his usual conscientious
carefulness Ki'tclmak'wa sang this into the phonograph with the same
shakiness of voice which would be produced by riding on his pony.

Analysis. — The interest of this example lies in the rhythm of the
song as a whole. One must have this in mind to appreciate how
well it expresses the scene and the action of the rider going his rounds
and summoning the people to the dance. Several renditions were
given and the melody was accurately repeated.

The song contains no rhythmic unit and the rhythm is remarkably
continuous throughout. There is no '^stopping place" in the mel-
ody, yet the song as a whole can not be said to constitute a rhythmic
unit; it simply reflects in its rhythm the motion of the pony and
the general gayety of the scene.

12692°— Bull. 45—10 11

162

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

No. 147. '*! AM AS Brave as Other Men" (Catalogue no. 109;

Sung by Ki^osb'^wini^ni (" good hunter ")
Voice ^_^92

Drum J -92

fefefe

^ ii^Lj'^ra

'■f=r-

P-

*=PC

-»— -1

tCirr

^p=f

'^"^

li—S —^r-^

ii=A

-^-S^-T-

WORDS

Inl'niwfig' Men who are brave and heroic

En6''nimow(id^ As you esteem them to be

Migo'' Like them

Kayanin^ I also

En^^nimowdd Consider myself to be

This song is similar to no. 148 and shows the Indian^s manner of
impressing his greatness on his fellow-men.

A repetition of this song was secured after several months and
was found to be particularly correct, even to the time as measured
by the metronome.

No. 148. ''My Music Reaches to the Sky'' (Catalogue no. 274)

Sung by Ga^tcitcigi''cIq
Voice J =104
Drum J= 112
( l>rum-rhythm similar to No. Ill )

-^ J. V

-i^^

Ge da-min - a - we

we - cka-m<in c a-wadj-i - gi -

gfgsa^g^^

75^-

nin gi-<;Ig

densmore]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

163

WORDS

Daminwe^'weckamiiii'' Music reaches

Awadj^ginin^ My

GVclg To the sky

This is one of the old songs. It was sung after all had assembled
and just before they began to dance. It is said to have been a
particular favorite.

Analysis. — Attention is called to the high tones at the beginning
of this song. Its structure is similar to that of the preceding song.
The measures containing the words are slightly slower than the others,
to permit clearness of enunciation.

Voice J =72
Recorded without drum

No. 149. Lullaby

Sung by Mrs. Mee

(Catalogue no. 102)

^^B^^^S

we we we

toe

we we

etc.

p=*

-<s»-

This lullaby is very old and is widely used among the Chippewa,
the syllables we we we corresponding to the '^by by'' of the white
race. The rhythm of this, sung in slow time, is very soothing.

No. 150. Farewell to the Warriors

(Catalogue no. 103)

Voice J =76
Recorded without drum

Sung by Mrs. Mee

\ p^hs^

Mkd^M i

r=f

m^^^

Um-be a - nl - ma- djag wa-s^ - gi - di

8-'

ja - min

^3^

fiS^nBSE^ m

ya w% a ya w% a ya ya w% a

WORDS

ya w% a

Umbe^ Come

A^nimadjag' It is time for you to depart

Wa-'stigiMija^min We are going a long journey

This is a very old song. The writer has talked with those who heard
it sung long ago, when a war party left the little Chippewa village.

164

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

It was the custom for the women to accompany the warriors a short
distance, all singing this song; later the song would be heard again,
faintly at first, then coming nearer as the women returned alone,
singing still, but taking up the burden of loneliness which is woman's
share in war.

Analysis. — Only one other song in the present collection no. 126
(catalogue no. 229) contains the interval of a whole tone between
the seventh and eighth. This interval adds greatly to the effect of
the song. The melody is of rare beauty, and is very graceful, despite
the wide intervals at the beginning.

No. 151. Song of Thanks for a Pony (a) (Catalogue no. 91)

Sung by Cagan^asi — (" englishman ")

VoicB J —96
Drum J =160
(Double drum-beat, accented )

No. 152. Song of Thanks for a Pony (6)

Sung by Cagan^'asi
VoicB J = 104
Drum J ^104
( Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill )

(Catalogue no. 92)

a yw y i Cj- u • \ \>i rj [ J '^- -mj^

dbnsmobe]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

165

No. 153. Song of Thanks for a Pony (c) (Catalogue no. 93)

Sung by Cagan^'asi
Voice J =104
Drum J- 104
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill)

^&^
^y^

f fn-rf-f

-&-

I^LLUJ-l

15^

Analysis, — This is a set of three songs which are sung when a pony
is given away at a dance. The transaction would not be considered
complete unless these or similar songs were sung. This rendition
contains no words. A repetition of the same songs on another
reservation contains the words ''The pony is mine."

Attention is called to the syncopation in the second song. This
is unusual; but was accurately given and repeated.

Unddssijled Songs — White Earth Reservation

Melodic Analysis

TONALITY

Major tonality..
Minor tonality .

Total.

Number
of songs.

3
5

Catalogue numbers.

93,102,274
91,92,103,105,109

TONE material

Fourth five-toned scale

1
1
2
1
3

102'

Second five-toned scale

105

Major triad wid sixth

93,274

Octave complete except sixth

Other combinations of tones

91,103,109

Total

Total.

BEGINNINGS OF SONGS

B^;inning on the tonic a . .

B^^inning on the fifth

Spinning on the octave . .
B^jinning on the eleventh .
Beginning on the ninth. . .

2
2
1
1
1

102,103

91,274

109

a A portion of this melody lies above the keynote and a portion below it.

166

BUREAU OF AMERICAK ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

Melodic Analysis — Continued.

ENDINGS OF SONGS

Ending on the tonic.
Ending on the fifth.
Ending on the third .

Total.

Number
of songs.

Catalogue numbers.

92,102,103,109,274

91,105

FIRST PROGRESSIONS

First progression upward

First progression downward.

Total.

92,102,103,274
91,93,102,105

ACCIDENTALS

Songs containing accidentals.

Fourth raised a semitone

Second lowered a semitone . .

Total.

92,93,102,103,105,274

109

Rhythmic Analysis

Beginning on accented portion of measure

Beginning on unaccented portion of measure.

Total

Metric unit of voice and drum the same.
Metric unit of voice and drum different.
Recorded without drum

Total.

91,92,105,109,274
93,102,103

92,93,109

91,274

102,103,105

Structural Analysis

Harmonic

None
8

Melodic

SOCIAL SONGS ON RED LAKE RESERVATION

Description of the Dances, Costumes, and Celebration on July

4, 6, and 7, 1908

On the evening of July 2, 1908, the writer reached the Red Lake
reservation in northern Minnesota for the purpose of studying the
music of the Chippewa Indians during the Fourth of July celebration.

A large number of the Indians had already assembled and tipis
were hourly added to the groups surrounding the field where the

DENSMORE] CHIPPEWA MUSIC 167

dances were to be held. The conical cloth tipi prevailed, smoke-
stained and weatherworn, but a few white tents were pitched at a
Uttle distance, showing their occupants to be slightly removed from
the older Indian life. Very close together were the tipis of the
''old timers." No one need be ignorant of what took place in his
neighbor's tipi, although the openings were never exactly opposite
each other.

The work of putting up the tipi was usually done by the women,
and it was interesting to watch the care with which they erected the
three main poles, tied these together near the top, laying the other
poles upon their intersection ; finally they put one pole in each comer
of the smoke-hole flaps of the cloth, spreading the cover neatly over
the framework thus constructed, fastening it together over the door,
and tying it to the stakes at the ground.

The Indians in the camp numbered about 200, while many more
were visiting friends at the agency village.

This celebration was conducted entirely by the Indians, solely for
their own pleasure. A subscription had been made by the traders,
agency employees, and leading ''mixed bloods," which provided food
for the camps and prizes for the contest, but the management rested
with the Indians. There were no formal exercises and no speeches
by white men; indeed, the writer was the only white person there,
except the agency employees.

The evening of July 3 found all in readiness. A rope marked off
the large dancing circle and outside this were ranged various lemonade
stands and a platform for dancing provided with a covering of green
boughs.

Although firecrackers were for sale at the stores they seemed to
have little attraction for the Indians. Some little boys solemnly
fired a few crackers in a secluded lane, and two rockets ascended
from the space in front of the Chippewa trading store. Aside from
this a dignified silence prevailed.

The writer was awake early on the morning of July 4. It was 3
o'clock; the red dawn lay close to the pine trees in the east, and
from the Indian camp arose the deep throb of a drimi. Never was
national holiday ushered in more impressively. He who sat beside
the drum greeted in his own way that which his race honored
before they ever saw the Stars and Stripes, and in their tipis his
kinsmen waked to say ''the day is come."

Afters breakfast the women were chatting good naturedly over
their cooking fires. From one tipi came the jingle of sleigh bells
as a brave handled the costume he had prepared for the occasion;
near the door of another lay a bundle of bright beaded trappings;
everywhere were the dogs and the babies.

168 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

It was about 10 o'clock when the parade started. There were
no carriages with smiling, bowing speakers prepared to instruct and
inspire. About fifty Indians were riding. Their costumes were bright
with beadwork and gay streamers adorned the ponies. One man had
swathed his pony in a huge American flag, and thus garbed it walked
in the rear, following the procession like the spirit of a soldier's horse
slain in the border wars.

The little parade took its way down the hill, across the bridge,
and up to the agent's oflice. The leading men drew up their horses
in a circle before the door, and each made a patriotic little speech
to the agent; then they filed out of the inclosure and across the
bridge once more, stopping before one of the stores, where the same
progranmie was repeated. This finished, they went to the other
store, a crowd following in their wake. (See pi. 12.)

It was considered that the day was formally and properly opened,
and the procession jingled away to the camp.

The noonday sun shone hotly down, dogs and babies sought the
shady side of the tipis, yet a general sense of joyous expectancy
filled the air. Soon the beat of the drum was heard in the direc-
tion of the dancing circle with a low, vibrating he Jie as the singers
practised around the drum, a shelter of boughs being provided for
their protection.

The war dance began about 2 o'clock. Only a few were present
at first, but soon dignified figures were seen coming from the tipis,
each wrapped in a bright blanket or bedquilt. An Indian on his
way to the dance does not stop to parley or to greet his friends;
he sees nothing but the pole which rises high in the center of the
circle, and he hears nothing but the throb of the drum. The lead-
ing chief, Nae'tawab', did not join the war dance at first. A chair
was placed for him at one side of the circle, but he did not hasten
his entry.

Throughout this celebration the costumes were more primitive
than those seen on other reservations. The difference consisted in a
more extensive use of feathers, shell, bone, and horsehair in the
decorations. Only two or three men wore felt hats. The wearing
of the hat in the dance constitutes a sharply defined line of demar-
cation between the full-blood and the mixed-blood Indian. On other
reservations black felt hats were wound with red yam, stuck with
bright feathers, and adorned with yards of ribbon brilliant and
varied in hue, but no such motley garb marred the dignity of the
Red Lake dancers. Everyone wore some head covering, but it was
of native construction. Stiff moose hair, dyed and fastened on a small
wooden frame, constituted a popular headdress. In shape this resem-
bled a huge flat rosette on top of the head with a strip extending
down the back of the head to the neck and with one or two heron

N ETHNOLOGY

BULLETIN 4S PLATE 12

THE FOURTH OF JULY AT RED LAKE AGENCY

DcxsMOKE] CHIPPEWA MUSIC 169

feathers erect on the top. For fastening this on the head it is nec-
essary to hraid a small lock of hair on top veiy tightly, pass it
through a little hole in the wooden frame (^ the headdress, and
secure it hy slipping a wooden peg through the hraid. Some wore a
hand of fur around the head, and to this part of a horse's mane or
tail was often attached. One man wore a headdress composed en-
tirely of long feathers dyed in hright colors, fastened to a cloth in
such a way that they waved in every hreeze and even hung before
his face, almost hiding it from view.

Brown woven underwear was a favorite foundation for a costume,
over which was worn the beadwork consisting of the breechcloth and
leggins and two lai^ flat pockets with broad bands over the oppo-
site shoulder, all of black velvet, on which the white and colored
beads showed effectively. Beaded moccasins completed this por-
tion of the costume. Sleigh bells were a favorite decoration, a band
of them being fastened around each knee and strings of bells to
the waist in the back. One large bell was often worn on each ankle.
Many dancers wore the skins of raccoons or long ribbon streamers
at their elbows; some had the tails of raccoons dragging from their
moccasin heels. A few wore sleeveless velvet jackets beautifully
beaded and with these broad belts of beadwork with knife j)ouches
on the hip. Small round mirrors were effectively used, being sewed
on bands of cloth to form necklaces. One man wore an "ephod'*
of red cloth thickly strewn with little mirrors; this garment, which
was shield-shaped in the back and square in the front, being slipped
over the head, is an article of Chippewa apparel which is rarely seen.
One dancer wore the entire body of an eagle around his neck and
another had that of a huge blackbird on which he had fastened
dots of white. Still another had two strings of claws fastened
across his forehead and temples. Several wore necklaces of bone
with beautifully polished clam shells as ornaments in the front;
others wore the broad silver armlets which were given to the Indians
in the early days. The faces of all were gaily painted. Altogether
it was a brilliant assemblage which sat around the dancing circle.
Some were smoking the red stone pipe with stem of willow; others
were sitting quiet, wrapped in their bright quilts, but when the
familiar Ae he was heard from the singers at the dnun they rose
with a rush like a flock of bright birds. Most of the dancers carried
some object in the right hand — a turkey- wing fan, a bow with
arrows, a stone ax, or one of the old clubs to which scalps were once
fastened. One club had a wisp of horsehair dangling impleasantly
from it. These objects were used in the gestures, which form a
conspicuous feature of the dancing, as the dancers point to some
imaginary enemy in the distance, to a fancied footprint on the
groimd, or to the peaceful summer sky. When the dancing had

170 BUBEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

continued for some time the chief, Nae'tawab', entered the circle,
wrapped in a cotton blanket of large pink plaid. Smiling to all, he
took the chair placed for him and threw back his blanket, disclosing
a magnificent suit of beadwork.

Then began the formal reception of the visiting Indians. This
took the form of speeches interspersed with war dances, the speeches
being impromptu in the old Indian style.

Nae'tawab' went across the circle to a row of visiting Indians and
shook hands with each, giving some pleasant word of greeting. They
did not rise when thus addressed. After Nae'tawab' had returned
to his seat the drum gave out the rhythm of the war dance, and with
an exclamation of How how the men sprang to their feet and danced
aroimd the drum, each man dancing alone and using his favorite
gestures and fancy steps. This gives unlimited scope for the exhi-
bition of individual skill and proficiency. In these dances the men
did not all move in the same direction; often those nearest the drum
circled toward the east while an outer circle moved toward the west.

As soon as all were seated a speech was made by an Indian from
the White Earth reservation. He said: ''My friends, there are many
white people in the part of the country from which we come and we
follow many of their ways when we are at home, but I want to tell
you that we have come to this celebration as Indians, not as white
men. We wish to be Indians in everything while we are with you and
we want you to think of us only as Indians, like those of the old days.
I have done."

The seated braves said How Tww Tww, and then danced, again.

After this another man made a speech saying, '*My friends, about
a month ago my little daughter died. I have been very sad ever
since; but as I am with you all here to-day I forget my sorrow and
am entirely happy again. I have done."

The braves said How Tiow how, and danced again.

There was no apparent order in these speeches. The speakers
walked back and forth before their little audience, using simple
gestures and sometimes waiting to hear How how after a particu-
larly telling sentence. Patriotic speeches were made exhorting the
Indians to appreciation of the day and emphasizing the fact that
their gathering formed a part of a great celebration which extended
all over the United States.

Nae'tawab' reserved his speech until the last, delivering with great
oratorical effect a speech such as a chief should make. He stated
especially that there would be no festivities on the following day, as
it was Sunday, and he wished his people to show due respect to the
Ruler of All by strictly observing the day.

Then they danced for the rest of the day, singing the various war-
dance songs familiar to Chippewa on the several reservations.

DENSMORB] CHIPPEWA MUSIC lYl

At about 8 o'clock in the evening the sound of the drum was heard.
A crowd from the camp was moving toward an old store, Nae'tawab'
leading and the drum in the midst. Before this building they stopped
and began to dance around the drum, all singing the high droning
melody of the '^begging dance/' Soon a shifting of the crowd showed
that they were going toward the Chippewa trading store. Nae'tawab'
was the leader, dancing and waving a little flag. Standing before
the store he faced the Indians, dancing with all his might and urging
them to sing louder and louder. Soon the trader brought out a box
of oranges which he distributed; then the melody changed slightly to
the ' ' thanks-f or-a-gif t ' ' song, and the crowd passed on to another store.

The scene presented a picture never to be forgotten. A bright
light from the store windows flooded the grotesque crowd, while
beyond were the gathering shadows of the night. Nae'tawab',
growing more and more excited, was on the platform before the store
waving his flag and dancing. His suit of beaded velvet glistened in
the light and his dancing was wonderfully graceful.

Later they took their way up the hill toward the camp. Singing
their strange, high melody, they vanished in the night and only the
song remained.

On Sunday the camp was quiet. Monday morning saw the fes-
tivities resumed. Dancing began about 10 o'clock and lasted until
late at night. The feast was one of the chief events of this day and
consisted of boiled beef and soup. The beef is cut in pieces the size
of a man's hand and boiled until there is very little taste in it.
When served, it is dry and can be taken in the fingers. The broth
is served separately as a drink, some of it being taken home by the
people, who bring little pails for the purpose.

At this dance a huge kettle containing the meat was brought into
the dancing circle. One of the men in charge of the feast then
selected five or six of the older men and led them one at a time to the
kettle, where they seated themselves and began to eat. The first
men thus selected were not in dancing costume, and the writer was
told that they were thus honored because of their bravery in the old
days. When one of them had finished eating he selected someone
from the circle to take his place at the kettle, leading him forward
with some little pleasantry. The Chippewa are a people whose
smiles come very readily when they are at ease and with their friends.
Portions of the meat were also passed to those who sat in the dancing
circle, and the kettle was removed when the feast was finished and
the dance resumed.

On Monday a pony was given away. It was done very simply.
A '^ woman's dance"** was in progress, and a woman walked across the

a See p. 192.

172 BUBEAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

circle and handed a little stick to a man, who took it and danced with
her. The writer was told that he afterward gave her an equivalent
in beadwork. It is the invariable custom that a valuable gift must
receive an equal return and such an exchange at a dance is usually
arranged between the parties beforehand.

The principal "woman's dance" was held on Tuesday. Almost
every woman brought a bag of gifts. This she laid on the ground
beside her. In beginning this dance the drum gave the proper
rhythm and the singers began one of the "woman's-dance" songs.
Three young men rose together and rushed across the circle with the
swoop peculiar to Chippewa dancers when making a concerted move-
ment. Stopping in front of three women, they danced before them,
laid down their gifts, and then rushed back again, seating themselves
and instantly looking as though nothing had occurred. During the
dance it is not customary for a man to ask a woman to dance unless
she has previously asked him to do so. This was evidently a kind
of preliminary demonstration. It was half an hour before the dance
was fairly started. At first the circle was small, only large enough
to reach around the drum, but later it occupied the larger part of
the inclosure. In this dance the people faced the drum, moving
slowly, the women with a sidewise shuffling step, the men often using
the step of the war dance.

The ''woman's dance" is a merry one, and this was for pleasure
rather than for the gifts, so it was continued longer than usual. If an
exchange of gifts is the important part, it is arranged that each dance
shall last only two or three minutes, the dancers then seating them-
selves and gifts being once more presented. The gifts at this dance
consisted principally of calico, though some large pieces of beadwork
and one pony were given away. Nae'tawab' presented his pink plaid
blanket to one of the women. It is the custom for a dancer to hold
aloft the gift he or she has received that all may see it. To the
spectator this is more interesting when the gifts are more varied and
frequent, consisting of pipes, bead pouches, bead chains, strings of
sleigh bells, and beaded jackets. The writer has even seen a man on
a similar occasion ''dance away" his beaded velvet costume, one
piece at a time, finally leaving the circle wrapped in a blanket.

The dancing, which began in the morning, was continued with little
intermission until after midnight. The scene was lighted by a full
moon, round and red above the pine trees. Hour after hour was
heard the tireless throb of the drum and the shrill voices of the
singers; at last they ceased and the camp fell asleep — all but the dogs,
which barked until nearly daybreak. At last they too were quiet, and
one was reminded of the words of an old Chippewa war song, ''When
the dogs are still I will be ready to do mischief." A gray light strug-

DBNSMOBB] CHIPPEWA MUSIC , ' 173

gled across the sky. It was the hour most dreaded in Indian warfare,
the hour when so many terrible attacks were made. Yet in forget-
fuhiess of the past and without fear of the future the little village
slept.

The Singers of Red Lake

The personality of an Indian singer must be taken into considera-
tion when analyzing his songs. This is the more important if the
singers are of a primitive type. Under such conditions one en-
counters strongly marked individualities, each of which may offer
its particular sort of song or sing familiar songs in its own par-
ticular way.

The songs secured at Red Lake are placed in their several classes,
but a description of the singers is herewith presented, in order that
those who wish to judge a song by the personality of the singer may
have an opportunity of doing so.

Six singers were employed, and 48 songs recorded, this material
being representative of the culture on this reservation.

1. OrWITA'BINfeS ("SPOTTED BIRD")

This singer was a man about 50 years old, who combined the old
and the new modes of Indian life and thought. He spoke English
fluently and Sent his children to the government schools, yet his
special pride was his singing, which he said was in the ''regular old
Indian way."

These facts regarding his personality must be taken into considera-
tion in an estimate of his songs.

He recorded 18 songs, 6 of which were major and 12 minor in
tonality. They were divided as follows: 6 moccasin-game songs, 3
woman's dances, 2 war songs, 2 old scalp dances, 1 song concerning
a vision, 1 song concerning an historical event, and 3 repetitions of
songs secured elsewhere.

All the songs except the first one were accompanied by the drum.
In most instances the repetitions of the song filled the entire phono-
graph cylinder.

The value of this series of 18 records lies in its relation to the style
of Indian singing as well as to accurate preservation of melodies.
GiVitaTbinSs varied the songs which he sang five or six consecutive
times, frequently repeating certain phrases or the last half of the song,
and embellishing the melody. In transcribing these songs that portion
of the record has been selected on which the song was evidently sung
through once in a direct way, no attempt being made to transcribe
variations therefrom which were clearly made for effect.

It is worthy of note that in these songs the pulse of the measure
beginning is always repeated accurately, no matter how much the

174 BUREAy OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 45

subdivision of the count, the less important melody progressions,
or the order of phrases may vary. The significance of this can be
appreciated only after an examiuation of the songs, and those who
wish to follow closely this study of rhythm may tap the rhythm of
the songs with a pencil, following the note values as definitely as
possible. It is not necessary that one should be able to hear men-
tally the melody; the general progression can be seen by the posi-
tion of the notes on the staff.

In these, as in songs previously considered, the tempo of the drum
is steadily maintained, the tempo of the voice varying somewhat
from the metronome indication.

The special points of interest in this group are:

(1) Two songs on the second five-toned scale, nos. 80 and 169.

(2) Two songs based on the tonic and submediant chords, nos.
186 and 159.

(3) A slow melody with a very quick drum, no. 171.

(4) A song interrupted by sharp ejaculations repeated on the
same tone, no. 176.

(5) Range of the singer's voice from C sharp on the bass clef to
B on the treble clef. Many songs have the compass of a twelfth.

(6) A rhythm of three pulses of the drum equivalent to two of the
melody, a rhythm in which the pulse of the drum has no apparent
relation to that of the melody, a practice of letting the drum follow
the voice and of usiug an accented sixteenth note followed by a
dotted eighth are of frequent occurrence, but are found in the work
of other singers also.

2. WABEZIC ("MARTEN")

Wabezic' was a most interesting character. He was part Cree and
belonged to the Pembina band living farther north, but he married a
Chippewa woman and now lives at the village of Sandy River, on
the Red Lake reservation. He could neither speak nor understand
English. Wabezic' was short in stature and different in feature from
the Chippewa. He was a wiry, active little man, with quick, keen
eyes, a good dancer, and had the general appearance of a man accus-
tomed to depend on his own resources. He said that he was named
Wabezic' because he was so small.

This singer gave twelve songs, five of which were major and six
minor in tonality. One was so wandering as to suggest a possibility
that it was incorrectly remembered. It is transcribed, however, as
it was sung. The main characteristics of these songs are the per-
sistence with which the drum beat follows the voice, the frequent
descent of the minor third, and the tenacity with which the rhythm
is maintained even when the melody is imperfectly repeated.

DBNSMORB] CHIPPEWA MUSIC 175

This singer was an excellent subject, but it was difficult for him to
sing so many songs without preparation; thus some of the songs
are sung more firmly and repeated more accurately than the others.

3. GI'NAWIGI'ClQ ("EAGLE DAY")

This singer was an old man who could neither speak nor under-
stand English and was almost totally blind. He sang seven songs,
six of which were minor and the other merged into minor at the
close. He was a typical old Indian and most of his songs are of
value.

Musically these songs differ little from those of Wabezic'.

4. GAGE'BINES ("THE EVERLASTING BIRD")

This singer was a young man, a mixed-blood, who had a pleasing
voice and a particularly agreeable manner, both in singing and
speaking. His features suggested the possibility of some negro
ancestry and his songs have a suggestion of the plaintive quality
and peculiar swing of negro melodies.

He sang the plaintive songs so well that he was encouraged to
keep to that style; he gave eight songs in all, five of which were love
songs and the other three woman ^s dances.

It is noteworthy that two of the most plaintive songs were major
in tonality. Three of the songs were major, three were minor,
and two were duplicates.

These songs have a wide range, some of them having a compass
of a twelfth. The love songs usually begin on a high note and the
minor third is much used in the descending progression.

5. WILLIAM PRENTISS

This singer was a young man, one of the best dancers and also
considered one of the best singers. He spoke English freely and
was very intelligent. He only sang two songs. One (no. 187)
was the ''begging song" used on the evening of July 4; the other
(no. 174) is of interest, as the rhythm so closely resembles that of
negro music. Both the songs given by this singer were minor in
tonality.

6. JOHN MARK

This young man recorded only one song. This shows an inter-
esting rhythm and a graceful melody, but as the voice was not
adapted to the phonograph no further records were made. The
importance of rhythm is shown by the fact that singers who recorded
only a few songs usually gave songs of very peculiar rhythm. This
suggests that the rhythm is more readily remembered than the mel-
ody. It has already been noted that in renditions of the same song
by different singers the rhythm shows less variation than the melody.

176

BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

In all the songs recorded at Red Lake the intonation is most
accurate on the octave and fifth (or twelfth) and most noticeably
uncertain on the fourth and seventh. Accidentals are usuaUy given
with special firmness and accuracy. Secondary accents are seldom
found; thus the songs are divided into measures of 2-4 rather than
4-4 time.

The rhythmic peculiarities of certain songs, which resemble the
rhythmic peculiarities of negro music, may be traceable to a vestige
of negro ancestry among the Chippewa of northern Minnesota.
Similarly, the melodic as well as the rhythmic features of certan
songs, which suggest what is commonly known as '* Scotch music,''
may be traceable to songs heard years or even generations ago from
Scotch traders, many of whom were connected with the Hudson's
Bay Company. This is offered as a tentative explanation. If it be
true, it is an interesting point that both these elements should have
left a rhythmic stamp on the music of a locality. The melodic
resemblance is less important, as the tonality commonly known as the
" Scotch scale " is found in the music of many primitive peoples.

War Songs
. No. 154

Sung by Gi^wita''binI:8

(Catalogue no. 131)

Recorded without drum

te BJ H

Voice J

-^ ll-

^i=^

■^

—i-

Analysis, — This song was said to come from Standing Rock, South
Dakota, and is one of the Sioux songs adopted by the Chippewa,
though always credited to the Sioux. No words were used. The
song was sung four times, without the drum. The length of the notes
of the first ten measures varied slightly in the renditions, but from the
tenth measure to the close the rhythm was regular and the tempo as
indicated, J = 80. It is a peculiar rhythm, which makes the exact-
ness of its repetition more interesting. In each rendition the differ-
ence between the flat and the natural in the fourth measure from the
last is worthy of note.

DEN8MUUL]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

177

No. 155. ''Inside the Cave'' (Catalogue no. 140)

Sung by Gi^'wiTA^'BiNfes

Voice J r= 132
Druu J— 132

A - pic-kwe- ka - mi-gaug e a - bi -dog ni - mi - co - mis

f~rf\?

-\ —

^^i

WORDS

Apickwe''kamigaug^ » Inside the cave

Abidog^ That is where, it seems,

^i^mico^mis My grandfather is

This is a very old song. The phonograph record was played for a
man on the White Earth reservation, who recognized it at once and
said "That is an old Chippewa war-dance song of the days before
they were friendly with the Sioux.''

Analysis, — This song was sung five times and in four of these ren-
ditions the last part is repeated as marked.

The beat of the drum is in quarter notes, preceded by an unac-
cented stroke.

No. 156
Sung by Gi^nawigi'cIq

(Catalogue no. 172)

Voice J — 92
Drum J = 96
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. 1)

-8-

This song shows a very rapid drum beat with a slow melody
rhythm. In the beat of the drum we find an impetus to quickened
pulse and rapid action, while the slower melody rhythm suggests con-

12692**— BuU. 45—10 12

178

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

trol and restraint. It is worthy of note that the tones marked (•
were prolonged equally in each repetition, but not suflficiently to be
indicated by a note value.

No. 157

Sung by Gi''nawioi''cIq

Voice J =168

Recorded without drum

9«^

-<22-

(Catalogue no. 173)

^±i

-&-

4. < g

-€i-

-^f-r

This song contains three instances of a sixteenth note accented and
followed by a dotted eighth. This subdivision of the count thus far
has been found only at Red Lake and is not a characteristic of Chip-
pewa music.

No. 158
Sung by Gi^nawioi^cIo

(Catalogue no. 178)

Voice J ==104
Recorded without drum

F^^^^

#-^

ri=it

x=x

^. n i J II

This, a short song, was sung seven times with no material variation.

No. 159. Scalp Song

Sung by Gi^'wixA^'BiNfis

(Catalogue no. 146)

VoicB J— 104
Drum- J rr 116
• ( Drum -rhythm similar to No. Ill )

Analysis. — This song contains only the tones of the fourth jfive-
toned scale on G and ends on the third tone of that key, and the only
two chords agreeable to the melody are the tonic and submediant
chords. This melody is characterized also by the descent of the minor
third. There is no interval in the song larger than the minor third.

dknsmorb]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

179

No. 160. Scalp Song

Sung by Gi^'wrrA'^BiNfis
Voice J =120
Drum J -120
( Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill )

(Catalogue no. 147)

^ f ^ >» t i f f ^,f ^1^ z T

S^^^

g^f

p ^ * 1 1

t=t

2ip=qi

^*=b:j

■<2-

Analysis, — This song was sung four times, and no two renditions
are' identical, the differences consisting mainly in the interpolation
of long repetitions of the same tone and in a variety of ornamental
phrases. The rendition selected for transcription is the one contain-
ing the least of such material.

Voice Jzz: 112
Drum J =112

No. 161. Scalp Song

Sung by Wabezic^

(Catalogue no. 167)

^-#

iSteE^^

tmtm^

^z^^izM=^=iM-=d

m m= s^

Analysis. — This song contains only the tones of the minor chord,
and the fourth of the scale, which is used as a passing tone. It was

180

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

sung four times. The intonation was wavering but the rhythm was
repeated exactly. The record shows the drum to be perceptibly
behind the voice, yet having the same metric unit.

No. 162. ^^The Sky Replies^'

Sung by Wabezic^'

(Catalogue no. 166)

Voice J= 108
Drum J — 108
( Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill )

r r r ^

'^ ^^m^^^^^

m i- ni r iirgi f^

■±^81-,

5^:

if:

p ^ p -

£1^

WORDS

Weja''wiickwago''deg The blue, overhanging

Gi'clg Sky

Nina^'pomigwdn'' Answers me back

The singer said that he once killed a Sioux and sang this song with
the scalp.

This song was sung very firmly, without hesitation, and with good
intonation. The three records are identical in every respect. The
drum beat always followed the voice. The words were not sung
clearly enough to be transcribed.

War Songs — Red Lake Meservation
Melodic Analysis

TONALITY

Major tonality

Minor tonality

Beginning major^and ending minor.

Number of
songs.

7
1

Catalogue numbers.

140

146, 147, 166, 167, 172, 173, 178

131

Total.

DENS more]

CHIPPEWA MTJSIO

181

Melodic Analysis — Continued.

TONE MATERIAL

Number of
songs.

Catalogue numbers.

Fourth five-toned scale

1
2
1
2
3

140

Second five-toned scale

172,178
173

Minor third and fourth

Minor triad and fourth

147, 167

Other combinations of tones

131,146,166

Total

BEGINNINGS OF SONGS

Beginning on the octave

Beginning on the fifth

Beginning major and ending minor.

Total.

146, 147, 166, 167, 172, 173, 178

140

131

ENDINGS OF SONGS

Ending on tonic

ACCIDENTALS

Songs containiag no accidentals .

FIRST PROGRESSIONS

First progression upward

First progression downward.

Total

131,146,172,173
140,147,166,167,178

Rhythmic Analysis

Beginning on accented portion of measure

Beginning on unaccented portion of measure .

Total.

Metric unit of voice and drum the same .
Metric unit of voice and drum different.
Recorded without drum

Total.

131,146,147,166,167,178
140,172,173

140,147,166,167

146,172

140,173,178

Structural Analysis

Harmonic.
Melodic...

Total.

140

131, 146, 147, 166, 167, 172, 173,
178

182

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[boll. 45

Voice J =88
Drum J=: 88

Love Songs

No. 163

Sung by Wabezk/

(Catalogue no. 161)

^^^ji^injJu^Mm

^-^

3 — p^HSJ^

^J '' ^^J- ^ ^^

S*^^

H 1 — h

11- 4 L^ i LJ l l 4 -i^ I 1 1

-^""■^~

traiprp^

-=^^

A-be - jic e e A-be -jic e e

The singer said that " in this song a young man asked a young girl to
go and walk with him and said that if she did not come this evening he
would come and ask her again to-morrow evening."

In this transcription the sharps and flats indicate the pitch of the
tones, but do not imply an established key.

No. 164

Sung by GAGE-'siNfis

Voice J =69
Recorded without drum

(Catalogue no. 155)

i^^

f lit

f=i

■p=#

• ^ «

^F=S

^5te

^i:f=F

^^^m

^^ v^aJ llfE^

:tr=f=q

^^ ^^-vV- ^

-¥=li-

:S^±M=t

JBlt^^

^-•^#

i^^^i

DfiNSMORE]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

183

This song is an interesting example of a plaintive melody in a
major key.

No. 165. "In her Canoe'' (Catalogue no. 157)

Sung by GAGB'^BiNfes^

Voice J ^60
Recorded without drum

P)iM^-F¥^W^^^^4^-^-f4 ^

=ti

^ m^rffff^

^-0-4-^

v=x

gfe^^

^^^

'4f!> \f>-

:44

ife

-8-

:p=f

•)»-

WORDS

Miau'' I see her

Nin^imu^ce My sweetheart

Kaniwa^wasa^boye^'su Paddling her canoe

This is a song of a young man who stands on the shore watching
the maiden of his heart as she paddles her canoe on the lake.

The song is slow and is a good example of a plaintive melody in a

major key.

No. 166. "I AM Going Away" (Catalogue no. 151)

Sung by GAGE''BiNfi»'

VoiCB J =72
Recorded without drum

i — h

-8-

^^^p^g^

tasa^

i — r-

184

BUBEAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

WORDS

First verse

Umbe Come

Ma^noni^gamadja^ I am going away

Ma^'no I pray you

Bhi^a w .

ILetmego
Nin''gama'^dja J

Neyab^ninga^'wicin'' I will soon return

Ge'^go. .• Do not

Mawi^'micikSn^ Weep for me

Second verse

Na Behold

Tci^miwfinda^min We will be very glad

Tciwa-'bundiyung^ To meet each other

Dagnlc/Ina^n When I return

Ge^'go Do not

Mawi^micikfin Weep for me

Analysis, — This melody is particularly graceful and pleasing.
The tempo is not rigidly maintained. The metronome mark indi-
cates the general tempo and the song is divided into measures hy
means ot the accents. The words are not sufficiently distinct for
transcription.

No. 167. *^CoME, Let Us Drink" (Catalogue no. 152)

Sung by GA«F/BiNfts'

Voice J — 53
Recorded without drum

b :, i? 2 r • r i t aig - r f ^ rJM • - •-P-^'i i

^ b 4. I ^ iHt U [J ^ 1 1 4 f r 4F4 =«^^j-,

-Gh

WORDS

Umbe^ Come

MInlkwe'da Let us drink

This is the song of a lovelorn youth who meets another and asks
if he ''has a bottle to cheer him up."

Analysis. — This melody is not unlike the preceding, except that
it is set to a slower beat. The words can be recognized, but are
too indistinct to transcribe.

d«nsmobe]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

185

Major tonality .
Minor tonality

Total . . -

Love Songs — Red Lake Reservation

Fourth five-toned scale

Octave complete

Octave complete, except sixth
Other combinations of tones . .

Total.

Melodic Analysis

TONALITY

Number of
songs.

TONE MATERIAL

Catalogue numbers.

155,157,161
151,152

1
1
1

157
151
152

2 I 155,161

Total.

Ending on the tonic .
Ending on the fifth .
Ending on the third

Total.

BEGINNINGS OF SONGS

Beginning on the twelfth.
Beginning on the seventh .
Beginning on the third

Total

3 151,152,155

161
157

ENDINGS OF SONGS

FIRST PROGRESSIONS

First progression upward . . .
First progression downward

ACCIDENTALS

Songs containing no accidentals .

Sixth raised a semitone

Second raised a semitone

Sixth lowered semitone

2
3

151,157
152, 155, 161

2
1
1
1

155, 157
151
152
161

186

BtJfiEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

touLL. 45

Rhythmic Analysis

Number of
songs.

Catalogue numbers.

Beelnnin? on acCAntacl portion of measure

151,152,155,157
161

BeelQninfir on unaccented portion of measure

Total

Sones recorded without drum

Structural Analysis

Harmonic.
Mekxlic...

None
5

MOCCASIN-GAME SoNGS

No. 168
Sung by Gi''wiTA''BiNfis

(Catalogue no. 133)

Voice J = 92

Drum J=:116

(Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill)

^i^

TT.

JCUt

-sf-

Analysis. — ^The singer said that he learned this song when he was
a boy. The song was sung three times, the measure lengths and
melody remaining the same, but the note values varying in the latter
portion of the song.

The chief interest lies in the fact that there is no apparent relation
between the pulse of the melody and the pulse of the drum, the
melody being J =92 and the drum J =112, each being maintained
very regularly. Each drum beat is preceded by the short unaccented
stroke which characterizes the rhythm of the moccasin game.

Den*smore]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

187

No. 169

Sung by Gi'^wiTA^BiNfes
Voice Jn:104

Drum Jr=120

(Druin-rhythm similar to No. 143)

(Catalogue no. 142)

4z=d

1^— #■

-*2-

-#^— #■

^3=t

Analysis. — This song was sung six times, the pulse of the drum
being maintained at J =120 while the voice is as steadily held at
j =104. The note values and measure lengths are the same in all
renditions. The tonality of the song is similar to the preceding
except that the second of the scale is given less prominence, being
used only as a passing tone.

No. 170

Sung by Gi^'wiTA^'BiNfis

Voice J = 84
Drum J - 108
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. 143)

(Catalogue no. 144)

=t:

— -J- -J. J :

Analysis. — In this, as in numerous other instances, there is no
mathematical proportion between the metric units of voice and drmn,
each expression being independent of the other.

188

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

No. 171

Sung by Gi^wita^binI)8

(Catalogue no. 148)

Voice J =72

Drum J=112

(Druin-rhythm similar to No. 143)

f- J- , r — 1= — :=^-^-

lE^S

^^M

Analysis, — For transcription this was one of the most difficult
songs in the entire series. It was sung three times, the essential
points of the rhythm being identical throughout but the metric unit
particularly hard to find. In this, as in similar instances, the metric
unit, when found, can be readily traced throughout the record.

No. 172

Sung by WabeziC'

(Catalogue no. 171)

Voice J= 120
Recorded without drum

^?te^

fe:^:

Analysis, — ^This song contains the tones of the second five-toned
scale on E flat. Its interest lies in the prominence of D flat, giving
the impression of a song containing only the minor triad with minor

seventh added."

The peculiar ending of this song gives it a slight resemblance to a

negro melody.

No. 173

(Catalogue no. 174)

Sung by Gi^nawigi^'cIg

This song is in minor tonality, the first part comprising only the
tones of the tonic chord and the last part containing the tones of the
chords on the fourth and second of the scale. This suggests more
harmonic possibilities than most of the songs.

a For a consideration of this tonality, see Einalysis of song no. 116, p. 130.

densmork]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

189

Voice J =112
Drum J =112
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. 143)

4- -f

t=w-

19-

No. 174

Sung by William Prentiss
VoiOB J =84
Drum Jrr84
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. 148)

(Catalogue no. 150)

f^=--f

iz=ab:ii:i

^— I

■• it' ig:

• 1^' ^

j^^ A zf?'

■*■ >

zt — =:

Analysis, — ^This melody is based on the tones of the second five-
toned scale. It contains a subdivision of the count by which a short
tone occurs on the accented portion of the count. This peculiarity
has been found only in the songs collected at Red Lake.

No. 175. ''He Gave Us a Double Crack''

Sung by Gi^'wiTA^BiNfes
VoicB J = 80
Drum J= 132
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill)

(Catalogue no. 134)

fe-£*3H:^

-fi*-

tt=.^

-fSf-^

■^—h

#-#-^g^

Kinicono''kiwi''igonun^

WORDS

I say, he gave us a double crack

190

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

Analysis. — ^These words refer to the skill of the opposing player
and are not sung in a melodic way but spoken rapidly between the
repetitions of the song. The term "double crack" is used to indicate
a certain score in the game.

This song shows the unusual range of the singer's voice.

The melody is sung slowly, as will be seen by the metronome mark
(J =80), while the drum is rapid (J =132), each beat being preceded
by an unaccented stroke.

No. 176. "I AM Standing till Daylight*'

(Catalogue no. 143)

Sung by Gi^wiTA^BiNfes
Voice J =126
Drum J =132
( Drum-rhythm similar to No. 143 ) •

ja ii.j iii_&in:^ jEis

=1:

^—i — t

±^

-^-

f\r-vu

^ ^s^B ^^

Ke-ga-be-di-blk

wi^bun - ni

ka - pa - wi - yan

WORDS

Kagab^diblk^ I who all night long

Wa^bunika^baniyan^ ■. Am standing up until daylight

Analysw, — In the six repetitions of this song the words occur only
twice, and are used in two different portions of the melody, showing
thiB freedom with which words may be omitted from or introduced
into moccasin-game songs. The sharp interjected tones in the sixth
and twelfth measures undoubtedly represent the exclamations given
when a score is made.

In this song the metric unit of the voice is slower than that of the
drum, a peculiarity of many songs which combine the element of
restraint and control with the element of physical excitement.

DENS more]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

191

Moccdsin-game Songs — Red Lake Reservation

Melodic Analysis .

TONALITY

Number of
songs.

Catalogue numbers.

Major tonality.
Minor tonality..

None

9 133, 134, 142, 143, 144, 148, 15C,
171, 174

TONE MATERIAL

Second five-toned scale

Octave complete except sixth.
Other combinations of tones. .

Total.

G
2
1

133, 134, 142, 148, 150, 151

143, 144

174

BEGINNINGS OF SONXIS

Banning on the twelfth..

Beginning on the fifth

Banning on the octave. .
Beginning on the tonic a. .
Beginning on the seventh.

Total.

2
3
1
2
1

133, 142

143, 148, 171
174

144, 150
134

ENDINGS OF SONGS

Ending on tonic.

ACCIDENTALS

Songs cont€dnlng no accidentals.

FIRST PROGRESSIONS

First progression upward. . .
First progression downward.

Total.

133, 142, 144, 148, 150, 171. 174
134,143

Rhythmic Analysis

Beginning on accented portion of measure.

Metric unit of voice and drum the same. . .
Metric unit of voice and drum different. ..
Recorded without drum

Total.

2
6
1

150, 174

133, 134, 142, 143, 144, 148

171

Structural Analysis

Harmonic.
Melodic...

Total.

3
6

133, 142, 174

134, 143, 144, 148, 150, 171

a The toaio Is the lowest tone occurring in these songs.

192

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

Woman 's-DANCE Songs

The woman's dance is the favorite social dance among the Chip-
pewa at the present time. It is said to have been learned from the
Sioux. Both men and women engage in it; an invitation to dance
is accompanied by a gift, and the first invitation is usually given by
a woman, the man returning it with a gift of equal value. The
dancers form a circle, facing the drum and moving clock-wise with
a shuffling step.

The drumbeat of this class of songs consists of an accented stroke
preceded by an unaccented stroke about one-third its length. The
songs show no general characteristics, but most of them are rather
simple in melody and rhythm.

No. 177. " I HAVE BEEN WAITING '' (Catalogue no. 132)

Sung by Gi^'wiTA^BiNfis

Voice J ^200
Recorded without drum

i^^

i=t

rU:

irat

iz=*

±z^

t=i

■*— #■

*=?

1^—lt

1=i

-#-^— ^

±zM:

-^m

*^^ •^K— *^^*

t=t=t

5pfe^

:fc^

li::^: :i: ^ i: li:

^^.

t^ rff l lSirrll

^^^&4

t=t

£^

t=t

-<=!-■

-fS'-

-f5>-

^4:

4=-t.

t=t

H h

:2;

9^6:

' "•' ■ ^J^

i=t

#— ^-

51=1:

^— ^

-t5>-^

densmobe]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

193

WORDS

Nin'^imft-'ce My sweetheart

Mewicd^ Along time

Kibiln'' I have been waiting for you

Gibilc'ayiin'' To come over

Imaai-'ayan^ Where I am

Analy 818. -r-These words can be recognized on the phonograph
record, but are too indistinct to be readily transcribed. The chief
interest of the song lies in the range of the singer's voice and in the fact
that the intonation is correct on both the highest and lowest notes.
The song was sung twice and the general progression of the melody is
duplicated accurately, though some of the note values vary.

Voice J — 108
Drum J_116
( Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill )

No. 178. ''Come, Dance

Sung by Gi''nawigi''c!q

(Catalogue no. 175)

ffff

Um-be ni-nig

"ylAjTini

WORDS

Umbe'' Come

Ni'^mlg Dance

Analysis. — A decided syncopation in the last measures marks this
song as different from the others. The words are spoken rapidly on
a melodic tone, as though the dancer turned to some one sitting in
the circle and urged him to dance, without interrupting his own song.

No. 179

(Catalogue no. 135)

Sung by Gi^wiTA'^BiNfes
Voice J- 100

Drum J=r 100

( Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill )

Analysis. — If this song were more exact in its repetitions, we might
attach more importance to its beginning with the chord of A minor
and ending with the chord of E minor.

12692<»— Bull. 45—10 13

194

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

No. 180
Sung by Gi'^wiTA^'BiNfts

(Catalogue uo. 14]»)

Voice Jr= 132
Drum J =132
(Drum-rhythm similar to Ko. Ill)

No. 181

Sung by GAGE'^BiNES

(Catalogue no. 153)

Voice J=rl08
Drum Jrr 120
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill )

- fi i> ^ . s—w^r-M-W-T- m-rt o p i* .

^^^risis^g^i^ssi

w^j M^^^^m

■» ■• f - -i

Mf^^S,

B^H* — f^

4-4

^¥ ^=^1 ij r^

:P=P-

m i-

-»-

DENS moke]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

195

Analysis, — This song has no words. A repetition was secured on
the day following the first renditions. On comparison the renditions
were found to be identical in rhythm and in the accuracy with which
the accidental is sung. A slight difference occurs in the number of
times which the first and last phrases are repeated. The rhythm is
distinctive and is interestingly shown by ''tapping it ouf with a
pencil.

No. 182 (Catalogue no. 154)

Sung by Gage''binI:8
Voice J = 112

Droh J = 120

(Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill)

A ^- -j— #- •#-' -p- -p

-^-

^ ' -[14 :

-<5>-

=9#^=s

ii^^i^^ga

Voice J =112
Drum J =112
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill)

No. 183

Sung by John Mabk

(Catalogue no. 159)

^w?=g-i

This is the only song given by the singer; it shows a rhythm
which is simple but very interesting. The only song offered by a
singer is usually characterized by peculiarity of rhythm, indicating
that the rhythm of a song is retained by a mind which does not
accurately retain the melodic progressions.

No. 184

Sung by Gi''nawigi''c!g
Voice J =92
Drum J= 116
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill)

(Catalogue no. 177)

f|te

V-

t=^

2*«

£?■

•f

196

BUREAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

No. 185. *^ Where are Your'

Sung by Cagan'^asi
Voice Jz=96
Drum Jr^SG
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill)

(Catalogue no. 86)

^-^

ki - tci - ta to - ki - ya Jio kwi ho

:9^=Q

V=X

[ i r^j'^^^g ^g

.Pfi^

t=F

^P^=p:

WORDS

Oki'^tcita^ Leader of the warriors

Toki^'ya Where are you?

This is an old melody sung at a woman's dance given in special
honor of some warrior. In such a case two women would provide
the gifts and act as hostesses. At the opening of such a dance this
song would be sung by the men at the drum, calling for the war-
rior in whose honor the dance was given. As soon as the song
began the warrior would rise and begin to dance; then the two women
would rise, after which the guests would join the dance. When the
song was finished the warrior would relate his principal deed of valor;
then the women would distribute the gifts they had provided, it
being imderstood that they gave these presents in behalf of the
warrior.

Analysis, — The accidental in this song was accurately given in all
the renditions. A sixteenth note accented and followed by a dotted
eighth is a rhythmic peculiarity of this song.

Woman^s-dance Songs — Red Lake Reservation

Melodic Analysis

TONALITY

ICajor tonality
Minor tonality

Total . . -

Number of
songs.

Catalogue numbers.

86, 132, 159

135, 141, 153, 154, 175, 177

dknsmore]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

197

Melodic Analysis — Continued.

TONES COMPRISED IN THE SONGS

Fourth five-toned scale

Second five-toned scale

Minor triad and fourth

Minor triad, fourth, and seventh
Octave complete except seventh .
Other combinations of tones

Number of
songs.

Catalogue numbers.

3 I 86, 132, 159
1 ' 141

1
1
1
2

154
135
153
175, 177

Total

BEGINNINGS OF SONGS

Beginning on the eleventh
Beginning on the octave . .

Beginning on the fifth

Beginning on the third

Beginning on the second . .

Total.

1
2
4
1
1

154

153, 175

86, 132, 135, 141

177

159

ENDINGS OF SONGS

Ending on the tonic .
Ending on the fifth..
Ending on the third

Total.

86,132,141,153,154,175

135, 159

1 177

FIRST PROGRESSIONS

First progressions upward . . .
First progressions downward.

Total

86, 153, 154, 159, 175
132, 135, 141, 177

ACCIDENTALS

Songs containing no accidentals .
Sixth lowered a semitone

Total ,

Rhythmic Analysis

Songs beginning on accented portion of measure

Songs beginning on unaccented portion of measure

Total

Metric unit of voice and drum the same

4
4

86, 135.141.159

Metric unit of voice and drum different

153. 154. 175. 177

Recorded without the drum

132

Total

198

BUREAU OP AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Lbull. 45

Structural Analysis

Harmonic.
Melodic...

Number of
songs.

None
9

Catalogue numbers.

Unclassified Songs
No. 186. Song REFERRING TO AN Historical Incident (Catalogue no. 139)

Sung by Gi^wita-'bin £s
Voice Jrr: 120
Drum J- 120
( Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill )

\ ii n m

Nin -ga-gi - we-wi-ni - gog ma - nl - dog toe we wenin-

ga- gi- we-wi-ni - gog ma-ni - dog

■M

^^^:

i^^^^.

it^

-19-

t5>-

WORDS

Nin''gagiwe''winigog^ They will take me home -

Manidog^ The spirits

The free translation of the words as given by the singer was as
follows: **The thunders will take me home whenever I mind to go
home, my friends, and the wind it will take me home, too."

Narrative. — This song is based on an historical incident which was related on both
the Red Lake and White Earth reservations.

The story as given at Red Lake was as follows:

Many, many years ago a Chippewa Indian named DjigeVeckdn^ ("traveling on the
beach of the water") killed the trader^s son and was taken to St. Paul for trial. At

DENS more]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

199

that time there was only one house in St. Paul . The man was condemned to be hanged,
but just as they were going to hang him a terrible storm arose. The clouds were right
over the tree where he was going to be hung. Lightning struck the tree and the rain
•poured down so that everybody went home. They did not try again to hang the
Indian and he was allowed to go back to the reservation, where he was made a chief.
He composed this song while he was a prisoner at St. Paul.

Analysis. — This song contains only the tones of the fourth five-toned
scale on G flat, and ends on D flat, the dominant of the key. The sev-
enth of the scale, which is the essential tone of the dominant chord, is
not present in the song and no portion of the song affiliates easily with
the dominant chord as an accompaniment. Indeed, the only chords
suggested by the melody, or seeming to be desired by it, are the tonic
and submediant, thus showing a feeling for the descent of the
minor third. The repetitions of this song filled an entire cylinder,
giving ample time for noting its peculiarities. The transcription is
from a rendition about midway of the cylinder.

No. 187. Song of the Begging Dance (Catalogue no. 149)

Sung by William Prentiss

VoiCB J =84

Drum J= 112

(Drum-rhythm Rimilar to No. Ill )

g^^

T r

\/—

Analysis, — This is the begging song which was sung on the evening
of July 4. Its chief interest lies in the fact that the pulses of voice
'and drum are so dissimilar, each being steadily maintained. The
pulse of the voice is J =84; that of the drum J =112, preceded
by an unaccented stroke. The only correspondence is that three
metronome beats at 84 are about equivalent to two beats at 112.
If the song were in double time this would be an ordinary rhythm
of ''three against two,'' but the fact that the melody is in triple
time makes this too complicated for analysis; one can only record
the fact that these are the actual metronome measures of the pulses.
(Compare analysis of song no. 1.)

The slight prolonging of the tones marked (• is the same in all the
repetitions. It is not sufl&cient to be indicated by a note value, but
gives a peculiar effect of pleading. This is one of the mannerisms
of Indian singing which can not be accurately transcribed.

200

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

No. 188. Song of the Begging Dance (Catalogue no. 170)

Sung by Wabezic'

Voice J^ - 200

Drum J = 88

( Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill )

f ,. , f , ff-, . ,. >. .. .j difc

1^ I :

ii:

T-

Hr=3

I ll i'i r TTn^ g

Analysis, — This song is of special interest as the phrase rhythm of
the first six measures is repeated in measures 6-12 and the remain-
der of the song contains fragments of the same rhythm. In the
repetitions of the song the rhythm of the first twelve measures is
accurately repeated, but there is a slight variation in the length of
some unimportant notes near the close.

In transcribing the song it was difficult to find the metric unit;
however, this unit was finally found to be /=200. By this meas-
urement the song was very accurately divided, certain tones having
exactly one beat, others two or three, after which the tones readily
grouped themselves into measures. The drum was next tested and
foimd to be beating very regularly a triple time with an accented
beat on the first and an unaccented on the third count of the triplet
of eighth notes. The metronome showed the pulse of the drum to
be J =88. The accent bell of the metronome was then set at a triple
time and the indicator at 200 and the time space noted between the
accents as given by the bell. This time space was almost exactly
88; therefore if the song were in triple time throughout, the drum
and voice would coincide, but this synchronism is broken by the
introduction of measures in double time while the drum continues to
beat in triple time.

It is worthy of note that the A sharp in the fifth measure was
always given correctly, but that the intonation on the fourth of the
scale was flat, thus dragging down the third when reached.

The intonation of the octave was clear and correct.

densmobb]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

201

No. 189. Song of Thanks for a Gift (Catalogue no. 168)

Voice J =72
Dbum J =72

Suug by Wabezic'

■ f t£f i-fHh-f=%

-^-

i ! f r I f r j

^g^i

-(5»-

^^E

WORDS

Tci^wawicfinMdm I am very grateful

En'^dodawld'' •. . . . For what he is doing for me

Analysis, — ^These words were not sung but were spoken between
the repetitions of the song. The drum was struck only once in a
measure and always followed the voice.

The long notes were sometimes held an extra coimt. This is
unusual, as the long notes are usually found more uniform than the
short notes in the repetitions.

The record is not entirely clear, but it is evident that the first part

is major and the last part minor in tonality. The B flat is always

' taken firmly and accurately, the first E flat being slightly too high

and the second one on true pitch. It is interesting to note that the

change from major to minor is made on B flat instead of E flat.

No. 190. Song of Thanks for a Gift (Catalogue no. 169)

Sung by Wabezic''
VoiCB ^ = 160
Dbum J , = 80
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill )

B£

f f f .. .f f i f fc ^-^

I^^~^li

#— #

bb r c

:2;

-Sh

202

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

Analysis. — ^This song was sung four times, the rhythm being exact
in the repetitions. The pulse of the voice is / = 160 and is steadily-
maintained in both double and triple measures, while the drum as
steadily beats a triple time at J . (dotted quarter note) = 80, giving
an accented beat on the first and an unaccented beat on the third
count of a triplet of eighth notes, regardless of the voice. The song
has no words and is similar to no. 189.

No. 191. Song of Thanks for a Pony (Catalogue no. 136)

Sung by Gi^wiTA^BiNfes
Voice J =76
Dbum J =96
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill)

^'^jjj^nTs

Analysis, — This song has an interesting rhythm, suggesting, though
somewhat remotely, the galloping of an Indian pony. It is of minor
tonality though lively in general character, showing that the rhythm
of a song marks its character more strongly than does the tonality.
The tones of the minor triad in ascending progression constitute an
unusual opening for a song.

Voice J = 80
Drum J = 80

No. 192. Friendly Song (a)

Sung by Wabezic'

(Catalogue no. 160)

M3fflf gnrtrii^gf^£WgffH

^ffi

This is one of four '^friendly songs," the others being nos. 193,
194, and 195. The singer said that they were used in the old times
among the Pembina Chippewa, when a company of people went to
a dance, to show that they came as friends. The singer had him-
self sung these songs in the old days. He said that some of the
visiting Indians smoked their pipes and that back of them stood the
men who sang these songs to assure the people to whom they had
come that they were friendly. There were no words, but he said
the people would know the song was meant to be friendly by the
way in which it was sung; he said also that there was a '^friendly

DENS more]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

203

way to beat the drum/^ It was stated further by the singer that
this song was pure Chippewa and that no Sioux songs were used
by the Pembina band.

Analysis. — ^Too much importance must not be attached to the
fact that this song begins in the minor and merges into the major,
for, although given accurately in the first rendition from which this
is transcribed, the intonation is faulty in the other renditions. The
rhythm in the last eight measures is always accurately repeated.
The drum is in even beats of the same pulse as the melody but always
struck slightly after the tone is sung. The chief interest of the song
lies in the occasion of its use and in the accurate repetition of a
peculiar rhythm in connection with a much less accurate repetition
of the melody.

Voice J z= 92
Drum J = 92

No. 193, Friendly Song (6) (Catalogue no. 162)

Sung by Wabezic''

^1^ U 1% ^^^^^^

m^^^

I-we-di gi - cig - oil

ni-ioe-ca - we-ni - nil - go e

ofiMiMm^ ^m^

mEmi

WOEDS

IweMi Over there

Gicigon^ In the sky

Ni''cawe''nimigo'' They have taken pity on me

This song is a march and is sung while the visiting Indians walk
around the drum. It is used directly after song no. 192. The drum
is in single beats to mark the time as the men march and has the
same metric unit as the voice.

Analysis, — This song has a wild freedom about it and is very
interesting. It was sung four times, the rhythm being repeated
exactly but the melody varying slightly. The intonation is good and
the song aggressively major in character. The descent of the minor
third is conspicuous throughout this melody and there is no interval
in the melody which is larger than a major third. It is also worthy
of note that the second of the scale is treated as a passing tone,
except in the third measure from the last, where it receives an accent.

204

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BULL. 45

No. 194. Friendly Song (c)

Sung by Wabezic^
Voice Jzz 116
Drum J =^116
(Drum-rhytbin similar to No. Ill)

f s-f- p ^f f P P ,r- J*

(Catalogue no. 163)

pi^

1-J' Li.

■P ^ j * i » -:C =ys

I [/ U

f=f:

-t^—

Ci - cig nl - ml - no- ta - gwfin

WORDS

GPcIg The sky

NimTnota^gwdn Loves to hear me

This song follows no. 194, the visiting Indians beginning to dance
as they sing this.

Analysis. — Emphatically major in tonality, this song is character-
ized by the frequent descent of the minor third. There is no descend-
ing interval larger than the major third. Like the two preceding
examples, this melody contains an indefinable element of freedom.

The quadruple time is unusual, and the 5-4 rhythm unmistakable.

No. 195. Friendly Song {d) (Catalogue no. 164)

Sung by Wabezic^

This is the same kmd of song as the preceding, and as the Indians
would dance while singing it, the record was made with the same
vibration of voice, adding to the difficulty of transcription.

The intonation in this song is uncertain, yet the prevailing descent
of the minor third is unmistakable and the song contains no descend-
ing intervals larger than the major third. There are three complete
records of the song and in each there is a feeling toward a major
tonahty in the first half and a minor in the last half, but the voice
is too unsteady to permit analysis of this.

In one of the records there are two counts in the third measure
followed by three in the fourth. This change is immaterial except as

densmobe]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

205

it shows that the singer felt it necessary to put five counts into these
two measures. Throughout this song the drum is very perceptibly
behind the voice.

This song is of value chiefly because of the frequent descent of
the minor third and of the clearness with which the drum follows the

voice.

Voice J= 120
Drum Jr=: 120

^^^^

hT^T

'■^ f»-M»^C

U=4:

miTmjzm

^c:pc

a^ ^

f -^ f * ^

==^

^XK ^

No. 196. Song Referring to a Vision (Catalogue no. 138)

Sung by Gi^wiTA^BiNfes
Voice J =116
Drum J rr 1 16
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill)

sfe

i=P=^

tf^ l-L ' " ^

Itit

25^

WORDS

Wa''wia''weye^gancut'' Round-hoofed

Gicawe'^nimik^ Had pity on me

Analysis. — The singer said that he learned this song from a Mille
Lac Chippewa many years ago. The record was played for an Indian
at White Earth, and he recognized the song at once. The words refer
to a vision of a round-hoofed animal which probably appeared to the

206

BUBEAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY

[BrLL. 45

singer in a dream. The words are crowded into the first two measures
of the music. They can be recognized, but contain many interpolated
syllables, and are too indistinct for transcription.

No. 197. Song of We'naBO'jo (Catalogue no. 272)
Sung by GA^TciTciGi''ciG

VOICB J^rt 208
Dbum J^.-116
(Drum-rhythm similar to No. Ill)

6^-go-a-Iu>a - a-bl- ke-gwfin ge - go - ma - mic - kfic

^FaJ=£[^ ^

t=t

gi -cIg-wSn a

yu we he he yu we he he yu we he he

WOBDS

Ke^'goInabikegwOn^ Don't look

Ge''gamamic^kw(ic Or your eyes

Gi^clgwfin'' Will^lways be red

This song is connected with a favorite folk-story in which We'na-
bo' jo invites the ducks to dance, telUng them to keep their eyes shut,
and then wrings their necks one after another. The phonograph
record is supposed to reproduce the event, 6yen the cries of the ducks
being given by the singer. Before beginning the song the singer
said: ''I am arranging to have a dance, my little brothers and sisters."
After the first rendition he said, ''Dance, dance, dance faster, my
little brothers and sisters, but don't open your eyes.'' After the sec-
ond he said, ''How, how, take warning, my little brothers and sisters."
This is mentioned to show the Indian custom of interspersing the
renditions of the song with short speeches.

Analysis. — This is one of the few songs in 5-4 time. It is
plainly distinguishable from a triple measure followed by a double
measure. The metric unit is unusually rapid. Repetitions of this
song by other singers are found to be identical.

Unclassified Songs — Red Lake Reservation

Melodic Analysis

TONALITY

Major tonality

Minor tonality

Beginning minor and ending major.
Beginning major and ending minor.

Total

Catalogue numbers.

139, 162, 163, 169

136, 138, 149, 164, 170, 272

160

168

DEN8MOKB]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC
Melodic Analysis — Continued,

TONE MATERIAL

207

Fourth flve-toned scale

Minor triad

Octave complete except sixth . . .
Octave complete except seventh .
Octave complete except sixth . . .
Other combinations of tones

Total.

Number of
songs. I

Catalogue numbers.

139, 162, 169

272

138,164

163

164

136, 149, 160, 168

BEGINNINGS OF SONGS

BQ;inning on the fifth. . .
Beginning on the third. .
Beginning on the tonic a.
Beginning on the octave.
BQ;inning on the fourth.

Total.

138, 149, 162, 163

139, 160, 164, 168, 170
272

169
136

ENDINGS OF SONGS

Ending on the tonic.

Ending on the fifth.
Ending on the third .

3
1

Total.

136, 149, 160, 162, 163, 164, 168,

272
138, 139, 169
170 .

FIRST PROGRESSIONS

First pn^ression* upward. . .
First progression downward.

Total

5
7

136, 138, 169, 170, 272

139, 149, 160, 162, 163, 164, 168

ACCIDENTALS

Songs containing accidentals . .
Songs containing no accidentals

None
12

Rhythmic Analysis

Beginning on unaccented portion of measure .
Beginning on accented portion of measure

3
9

Total.

Metric unit of voice and drum the same.
Metric unit of voice and drum different.

Total

139, 149, 170

136, 138, 160, 162, 163, 164, 165,
168,272

138, 139, 160, 162, 163, 164, 168
136, 149, 169, 170, 272

a This song begins on the tonic, a portion of the melody being above the keynote and a portion below it.

208

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

[bull. 45

Structural Analysis

Number of
songs.

Catal<^:ue numbers.

Harmonic

2
10

162, 272

Melodic

136, 138. 139. 149, 160. 163, 164.

168, 160, 170

Total

No. 198. Dream Song

Duplicate of no. 115 (Catalogue no. 209)
Sung by Ki^ose^wini^ni

(Catalogue no. 108)

Voice J = 108
Drum Jr= 108

^^^

9 L. J r^

:*=P

d' S S

■zh

A - bl - ta - gi - cl -

^» Ff= e

-8-

guil ba - de- bwe - we - wi - diifi ba - a - da > y a - wi-y an a %

a s±^

:t3tT:*

d—^

ya a i ya ya i a - yo hi yo hi

P^
^-^—

th^

• ^ ^ «

^^s

y^=F

s s. -t

- d S.S

TSl-

This rendition was by a younger singer and is less complete than
no. 115, plainly showing the manner in which a song is slightly
changed. This record was made more than a year previous to the
other, and the duplication was accidental.

DENS more]

CHIPPEWA MUSIC

209

Two renditions of this song were secured from Ki'ose'wini'ni, one
without the drum, and, after a lapse of several months, another with
the drum. The rhythm of the song is identical, but the less impor-
tant melody progressions vary slightly as the singer was inspired to
elaborate somewhat. This transcription is from the first record and
is believed to be more correct than the second.

No. 199. Song of Thanks for a Pony (Catalogue no. 137)

Duplicate of no. 152 (Catalogue no. 92)
Sung by Gi'^wiTA^BiNfes
Voice J =96
Drum J =: 96

m^Ms^^^^^

^^s

(

-^-

This duplication was made by a singer on the Red Lake reservation
who was particularly free in his manner of singing. The original was
made at Leech Lake. The song is evidently the same, the principal
differences being due to the personality of the singer.

No. 200. Love Song

Duplicate of no. 138 (Catalogue no. 107)
Sung by Gi^wita^binSs

Voice J =116
Recorded without drum

(Catalogue no. 145)

re ; 4 d — • s r r4 — [

Ge - go - mi

na - ma - wi

kgn

ge - go - mi -

-«'-

^r^32=j^

3^^

:f— ^-

na - mi - wl - k§n

This and the two preceding songs are not included in the analysis of
Red Lake songs, as they have been andyzed in a previous section.

Comparison of the two transcriptions will show the differences to
be very slight, although the records were made on widely separated
reservations.

12692°— Bull. 45—10 14

IIS'DEX

(For a list of the songs contained in this volume, see -pskges xi-xix.)

Accents— Page

in drum rhythms of dances 6

tones slightly prolonged 67

variations on first words of songs ^ 58

ACaDENTALS—

characteristics of, in MIde' songs 19

classification explained 10

comparison with diatonic tones 5

in dream songs 137

in love songs-
Red Lake res 186

White Earth res 156

in moccasin-game songs —

Red Lake res 191

White Earth res.. 160

in unclassified songs-
Red Lake res 207

White Earth res 166

in war songs-
Red Lake res 181

White Earth res 147

in woman's-dance songs 197

rare in MIde' songs 18

tabulated analyses 10,117

Acknowledgments by author 8, 16

A'gwitO'wigi'cIg, songs by, 79, 80, 145

Aki'waizi', songs by — 138,158

ATA'DrwlN'iNA'GtMO'wlN. See Moc c a s i n -

game songs.
Awi'hinedja% teacher and leader in MTde'-

wTwTn 27

Bear, associated with MIde' 38

Beaulieu, G. II., acknowledgment to 8

Beavueu, Rev. C. II., acknowledgment to. 8

BE'ClpWIWl'ZlNS—

song-drawings made by 15

songs by 37,39,45,46,47,83-86

Begging dance, character of 171

Beginnings op songs—

love songs —

Red Lake res 185

White Earth res 156

moccasin-game songs-
Red Lake res 191

White Earth res 160

tabulated analyses'. 9, 116

unclassified songs-
Red Lake res 207

White Earth res 165

war songs—

Red Lake res 181

White Earth res 147

woman's-dance songs (Red Lake res.) ... 197

Bois Fobt res.- Page

as source of songs 1

conditions on 13

Bones, use of in curing sick 120

Bureau of American Ethnology, deposi-
tory of song records 27 f

Cagan'asi, songs by 164, 165, 196

Carl, John C, translation by 24

CE'DEfiNS', Chippewa juggler 123

Celebration on Red Lake res. (July 4, 1908),

description of. 166-173

Ceremonial songs (MIdeO 62-82

characteristics of certain songs 75

difficulties of translation 62, 63

major triad with sixth added 63, 67

partially formed five-toned scale 67, 71

principal interval descending minorthlrd. 63

Ceremony (MIde') for dying chief. 61-^

Charms (MIde')—

love-charm songs 88-92

method of working 20-21

song to bring back runaway wife 97

Chippewa—

religion. See MIde'.

significance of music to 1

See aiso Mille Lac Chippewa.
Chippewa reservations, description of 1

CiCl'GWiN—

description 11, 12

use in initiation ceremony 48

CImau'ganIc, named in war song 145

Classification of material, explanation of. . . 7

Costumes, Fourth of July celebration 168-169

Courting flute. See Flute.

Dahomey songs, reference to 130

Dances—

at end of initiation ceremony 50-61

drum rhythms of 6

during ceremonial song 65

Fourth of July celebration-
begging dances 171

war dances 168-170

woman's dances 171-172

in ceremony for dying chief 54

social-
ceremonies on opening 146-146

drum used in 11

Dance songs of MIde'—

description 19

principal interval of descent 31

reference to 15, 40

211

212

INDEX

De'bwawSn'DCnk— Page

acknowledgment to 25

on rendering of MIde' song 13

songs by 65-62

song-drawings made by 15

Deda'bicac', songs by 113

De'oadj, reference to 79

DUTONic TONES. Set Tones.

Dja'sakid—

meaning of term 20, 119

rattle used by 12

See alto Doctor, Juggler.

Djige'weckCn, song by 198-199

Doctor, songs of the 119-123

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Chippewa Music"

See other formats